1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
84 #include "diagnostic.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
94 #include "tree-flow.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
179 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
232 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
299 const char *dw_fde_begin;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
301 const char *dw_fde_end;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
309 unsigned funcdef_number;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
314 /* These 3 flags are copied from rtl_data in function.h. */
315 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
317 unsigned nothrow : 1;
318 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
319 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
320 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
321 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
322 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
323 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
324 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
325 cold_text_section. */
326 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
327 /* True iff switched sections. */
328 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
329 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
330 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
334 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
335 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
337 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
338 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
339 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
340 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
342 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
343 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
346 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
347 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
348 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
351 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
352 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
355 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
357 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
358 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
361 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
362 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
363 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
366 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
367 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
369 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
370 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
373 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
374 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
375 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
377 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
378 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
379 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
380 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
382 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
386 /* CIE identifier. */
387 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
388 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
389 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
391 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
394 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
395 information for each routine. */
396 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
398 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
399 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
401 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
402 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
404 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
406 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
408 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
410 static inline dw_fde_ref
413 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
416 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
417 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
419 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
420 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
421 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
422 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
423 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
424 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
427 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
429 unsigned int refcount;
430 enum dwarf_form form;
434 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
436 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
438 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
440 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
441 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
443 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
444 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
446 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
448 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
449 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
451 /* The default cold text section. */
452 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
454 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
456 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
458 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
459 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
460 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
461 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
462 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
463 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
464 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
465 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
466 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
467 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
469 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
471 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
472 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
473 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
474 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
475 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
476 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
477 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
479 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
480 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
481 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
482 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
483 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
484 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
485 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
486 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
487 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
488 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
490 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
491 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
492 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
495 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
496 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
497 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
499 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
500 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
503 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
504 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
507 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
508 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
511 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
512 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
514 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
515 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
516 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
517 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
518 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
520 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
522 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
523 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
525 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
526 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
528 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
530 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
532 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
536 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
537 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
538 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
539 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
542 /* Hook used by __throw. */
545 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
547 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
548 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
551 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
552 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
555 stripattributes (const char *s)
557 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
562 while (*s && *s != ',')
569 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
570 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
573 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
575 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
576 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
577 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
580 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
582 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
583 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
585 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
586 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
590 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
591 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
594 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
596 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
599 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
602 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
605 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
606 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
607 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
608 bool wrote_return_column = false;
610 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
612 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
614 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
616 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
617 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
620 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
621 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
622 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
624 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
626 wrote_return_column = true;
628 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
632 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
633 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
637 if (!wrote_return_column)
638 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
640 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
641 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
644 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
647 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
650 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
654 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
655 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
657 return "DW_CFA_offset";
659 return "DW_CFA_restore";
663 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
664 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
665 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
666 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
667 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
668 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
669 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
670 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
671 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
672 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
673 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
674 case DW_CFA_undefined:
675 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
676 case DW_CFA_same_value:
677 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
678 case DW_CFA_register:
679 return "DW_CFA_register";
680 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
681 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
682 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
683 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
685 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
686 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
687 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
688 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
689 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
692 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
693 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
694 case DW_CFA_expression:
695 return "DW_CFA_expression";
696 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
697 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
698 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
699 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
700 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
701 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
703 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
704 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
705 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
708 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
709 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
710 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
711 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
712 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
713 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
716 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
720 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
722 static inline dw_cfi_ref
725 dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
727 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
728 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
729 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
734 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
737 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
740 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
742 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
743 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
744 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
745 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
746 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
747 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
748 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
752 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
754 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
761 /* Find the end of the chain. */
762 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
768 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
769 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
772 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
774 static char label[20];
776 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
778 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
779 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
781 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
785 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
786 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
792 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
793 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
795 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
796 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
799 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
801 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
803 if (emit_cfa_remember)
805 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
807 /* Emit the state save. */
808 emit_cfa_remember = false;
809 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
810 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
811 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
814 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
816 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
820 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
822 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
824 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
825 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
826 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
827 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
828 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
829 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
830 if (dwarf_version == 2
831 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
832 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
833 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
835 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
839 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
842 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
843 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
844 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
845 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
847 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
848 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
852 label = xstrdup (label);
854 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
856 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
857 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
858 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
859 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
860 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
861 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
862 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
863 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
871 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
873 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
875 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
876 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
877 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
878 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
879 sure how to address this for now. */
883 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
885 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
888 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
890 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
891 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
895 label = xstrdup (label);
897 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
899 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
900 set the location directly using set_loc. */
901 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
902 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
904 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
905 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
907 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
910 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
913 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
916 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
919 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
921 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
924 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
925 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
927 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
928 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
931 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
932 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
933 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
935 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
936 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
939 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
940 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
942 remember->in_use = 1;
944 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
945 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
947 remember->in_use = 0;
955 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
958 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
962 dw_cfa_location remember;
964 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
965 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
968 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
969 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
971 fde = current_fde ();
973 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
974 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
977 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
978 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
980 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
982 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
984 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
985 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
987 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
988 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
990 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
991 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
993 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
994 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
995 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
998 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1000 dw_cfa_location loc;
1002 loc.base_offset = 0;
1004 loc.offset = offset;
1005 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1008 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1011 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1013 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1014 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1015 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1016 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1017 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1020 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1021 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1024 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1027 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1032 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1033 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1035 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1036 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1038 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1039 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1044 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect && !old_cfa.indirect)
1046 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1047 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1048 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1049 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1051 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1053 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1054 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1057 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1058 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1059 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1061 && !old_cfa.indirect)
1063 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1064 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1065 offset has not changed. */
1066 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1067 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1071 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1073 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1074 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1075 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1076 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1079 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1081 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1082 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1083 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1087 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1088 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1089 register-offset pair is available. */
1090 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1092 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1093 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1094 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1097 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1100 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1101 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1102 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1103 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1106 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1108 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1109 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1111 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1113 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1116 && fde->stack_realign
1117 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1119 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1120 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1121 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1122 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1124 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1126 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1127 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1128 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1129 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1131 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1132 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1134 else if (sreg == reg)
1135 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1138 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1139 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1142 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1145 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1146 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1147 from the previous frame's window save area.
1149 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1150 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1153 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1155 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1157 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1158 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1161 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1162 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1165 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1167 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1170 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1171 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1174 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1176 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1179 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1180 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1183 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1185 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1188 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1189 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1190 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1193 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1195 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1196 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1198 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1201 /* RA is in a register. */
1202 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1206 /* RA is on the stack. */
1207 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1208 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1211 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1216 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1217 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1221 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1222 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1232 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1233 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1234 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1235 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1236 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1243 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1244 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1248 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1251 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1252 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1253 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1255 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1256 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1257 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1260 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1262 code = GET_CODE (src);
1264 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1266 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1268 offset = -cur_args_size;
1269 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1272 return offset - cur_offset;
1275 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1276 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1277 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1280 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1281 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1287 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1291 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1292 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1293 code = GET_CODE (src);
1299 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1301 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1302 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1303 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1304 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1305 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1312 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1314 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1321 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1323 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1338 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1339 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1341 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1343 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1345 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1346 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1347 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1349 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1352 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1354 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1357 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1358 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1359 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1361 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1363 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1364 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1365 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1366 cur_args_size, offset);
1371 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1375 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1376 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1377 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1378 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1380 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1382 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1383 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1388 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1392 cur_args_size += offset;
1393 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1398 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1402 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1404 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1405 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1410 return cur_args_size;
1413 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1416 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1418 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1420 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1422 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1423 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1424 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1426 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1427 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1428 insn = get_insns ();
1429 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1430 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1433 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1435 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1436 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1438 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1439 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1440 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1441 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1442 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1444 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1446 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1448 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1453 if (insn == first_insn)
1455 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1457 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1462 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1463 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1468 body = PATTERN (insn);
1469 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1471 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1472 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1473 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1474 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1476 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1477 dest_args_size, &next);
1480 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1481 cur_args_size, &next);
1483 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1484 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1485 dest_args_size, &next);
1488 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1489 cur_args_size, &next);
1493 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1497 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1500 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1504 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1507 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1508 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1511 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1512 pushed onto the stack. */
1515 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1519 if (size == old_args_size)
1522 old_args_size = size;
1525 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1526 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1527 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1530 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1533 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1535 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1536 cfa.offset += offset;
1538 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1539 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1541 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1544 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1548 args_size += offset;
1552 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1553 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1554 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1557 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1558 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1559 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1562 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1564 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1568 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1569 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1570 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1571 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1572 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1575 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1576 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1577 shouldn't change at all. */
1579 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1580 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1583 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1584 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1585 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1587 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1589 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1590 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1592 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1593 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1594 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1595 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1596 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1601 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1603 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1604 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1607 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1609 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1610 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1611 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1612 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1613 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1617 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1622 offset -= args_size;
1623 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1628 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1629 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1630 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1632 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1634 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1635 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1636 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1645 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1646 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1651 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1652 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1653 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1655 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1656 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1658 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1662 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1664 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1665 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1670 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1671 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1672 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1673 more efficient data structure. */
1674 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1675 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1677 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1678 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1680 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1681 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1684 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1686 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1688 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1689 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1691 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1692 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1697 q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1698 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1699 queued_reg_saves = q;
1703 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1704 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1706 last_reg_save_label = label;
1709 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1712 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1714 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1716 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1719 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1721 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1722 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1724 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1726 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1727 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1729 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1731 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1732 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1735 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1737 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1739 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1740 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1743 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1744 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1747 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1748 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1749 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1750 have a new location for? */
1753 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1755 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1757 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1760 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1762 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1763 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1764 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1771 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1774 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1777 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1779 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1780 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1782 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1784 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1785 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1787 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1788 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1790 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1791 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1792 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1795 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1798 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1800 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1802 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1804 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1805 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1808 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1809 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1810 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1811 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1817 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1818 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1819 value, not an offset. */
1820 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1822 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1825 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1827 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1829 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1832 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1833 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1837 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1841 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1845 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1848 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1851 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1855 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1856 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1857 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1859 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1862 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1863 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1873 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1874 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1876 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1879 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1882 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1884 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1885 rtx src, addr, span;
1887 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1888 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1889 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1890 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1892 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1893 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1896 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1897 offset = -cfa.offset;
1900 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1901 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1907 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1909 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1910 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1912 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1915 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1916 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1919 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1921 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1923 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1924 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1926 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1928 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1929 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1930 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1935 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1938 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1941 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1943 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1944 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1947 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1949 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1951 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1953 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1954 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1955 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1958 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1961 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1963 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1964 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1966 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1967 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1969 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1972 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1973 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1974 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1975 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1977 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1978 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1979 users need not read the source code.
1981 The High-Level Picture
1983 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1984 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1985 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1986 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1987 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1989 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1990 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1991 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1992 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1993 saves. This also seems to work.
1995 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1996 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1997 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1998 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1999 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
2000 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
2001 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2002 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2003 value as in the caller.
2005 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2006 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2007 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2008 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2010 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2013 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2015 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2016 consists of a register and an offset.
2017 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2018 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2019 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2020 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2021 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2022 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2023 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2025 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2026 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2027 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2030 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2031 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2032 and cfa_temp.offset.
2034 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2037 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2038 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2039 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2041 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2042 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2043 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2044 register instead of CFA+offset.
2048 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2049 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2052 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2053 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa.offset unchanged
2055 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2056 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2059 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2060 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2061 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2062 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2063 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2064 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2067 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2068 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2069 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2072 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2073 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2075 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2076 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2077 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2080 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2081 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2083 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2084 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2087 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2088 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2089 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2092 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2093 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2094 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2097 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2101 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2102 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2103 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2106 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2107 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2108 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2110 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2113 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2114 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2115 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2117 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2120 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2123 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2124 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2127 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2128 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2129 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2132 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2133 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2134 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2135 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2138 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2139 effects: target-dependent
2142 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2143 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2144 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2145 cfa_store.offset = 0
2146 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2149 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2150 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2153 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2154 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2155 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2156 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2159 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2160 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2162 && cfa.indirect == 0
2163 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2164 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2165 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2168 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2170 rtx src, dest, span;
2171 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2174 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2175 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2176 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2177 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2178 flag is set in them. */
2179 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2182 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2185 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2186 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2187 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2188 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2189 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2190 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2191 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2193 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2194 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2195 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2196 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2197 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2200 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2202 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2203 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2204 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2205 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2206 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2207 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2209 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2211 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2212 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2213 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2216 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2222 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2224 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2225 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2229 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2234 fde = current_fde ();
2236 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2239 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2241 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2243 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2246 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2247 relative to the current CFA register.
2249 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2250 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2251 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2252 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2253 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2254 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2255 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2259 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2260 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2261 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2262 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2263 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2265 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2266 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2267 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2268 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2270 && fde->stack_realign
2271 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2272 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2273 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2274 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2276 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2283 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2287 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2290 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2293 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2295 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2301 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2303 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2304 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2305 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2307 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2308 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2311 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2313 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2315 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2316 cfa.offset += offset;
2317 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2318 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2320 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2323 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2324 or adjusting the FP */
2325 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2327 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2328 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2329 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2330 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2331 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2333 cfa.offset += offset;
2334 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2338 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2341 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2342 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2343 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2345 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2346 into the FP later on. */
2347 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2348 cfa.offset += offset;
2349 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2350 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2351 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2352 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2356 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2357 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2358 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2360 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2361 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2362 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2363 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2364 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2368 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2369 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2371 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2372 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2381 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2382 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2387 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2388 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2389 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2391 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2392 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2393 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2396 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2397 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2404 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2405 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2406 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2411 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2412 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2414 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2416 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2417 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2418 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2419 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2421 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2422 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2423 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2431 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2436 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2438 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2443 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2444 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2446 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2448 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2449 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2451 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2452 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2453 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2455 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2461 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2462 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2465 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2466 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2467 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2469 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2471 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2472 reference to represent the address of the stored
2475 && fde->stack_realign
2476 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2478 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2479 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2482 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2483 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2485 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2489 /* With an offset. */
2496 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2497 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2498 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2499 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2502 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2504 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2505 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2508 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2509 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2515 /* Without an offset. */
2518 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2520 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2521 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2524 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2525 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2532 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2533 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2534 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2535 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2543 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2544 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2545 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2549 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2550 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2551 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2553 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2555 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2558 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2559 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2560 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2561 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2564 && fde->stack_realign
2565 && cfa.indirect == 0
2566 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2568 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2570 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2572 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2573 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2574 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2577 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2579 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2583 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2584 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2586 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2587 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2592 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2593 calculate the CFA. */
2594 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2598 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2600 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2601 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2603 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2608 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2610 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2613 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2616 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2617 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2621 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2623 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2625 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2626 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2628 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2630 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2631 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2642 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2643 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2644 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2646 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2647 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2650 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2654 bool handled_one = false;
2656 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2660 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2661 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2663 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2666 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2668 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2671 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2673 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2675 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2676 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2678 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2680 if (barrier_args_size)
2682 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2683 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2688 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2689 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2691 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2693 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2694 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2695 is still used to save registers. */
2696 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2697 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2701 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2703 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2704 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2706 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2707 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2710 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2711 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2715 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2720 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2721 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2723 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2727 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2730 n = single_set (insn);
2731 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2735 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2740 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2741 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2743 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2747 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2752 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2753 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2756 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2760 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
2764 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
2767 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2769 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
2781 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2783 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2786 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2787 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2788 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2789 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2792 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2794 bool saw_frp = false;
2797 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2798 frame related insns. */
2799 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2804 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2805 if (returnjump_p (i))
2807 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2810 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2813 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2815 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2817 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2818 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2821 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2822 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2826 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2830 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2831 save/restore pair. */
2835 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2836 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2837 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2838 i = next_real_insn (i);
2842 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2843 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2844 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2845 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2848 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2851 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2855 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2857 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2859 /* And emulate the state save. */
2860 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2862 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2865 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2868 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2870 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2871 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2873 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2874 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2876 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2878 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2883 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2884 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2885 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2887 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2888 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2893 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2894 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2895 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2896 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2898 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2899 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2900 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2901 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2902 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2903 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2906 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2908 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2909 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2910 case DW_CFA_restore:
2911 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2912 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2913 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2914 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2915 case DW_CFA_register:
2916 case DW_CFA_expression:
2917 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2919 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2920 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2921 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2922 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2924 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2925 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2932 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2933 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2934 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2936 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2937 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2941 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2942 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2944 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2945 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2946 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2948 case DW_CFA_register:
2949 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2951 case DW_CFA_expression:
2952 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2955 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2959 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2961 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2962 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2963 for collect2 the first time around. */
2966 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2970 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2971 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2975 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2981 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2983 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2985 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2987 flags = ((! flag_pic
2988 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2989 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2990 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2991 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2992 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2993 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2994 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2997 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2998 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3002 if (eh_frame_section)
3003 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3006 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3007 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3008 switch_to_section (data_section);
3012 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3013 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3014 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3015 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3016 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3021 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3025 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3028 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3031 if (!debug_frame_section)
3032 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3033 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3034 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3038 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3041 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3046 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3047 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3048 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3049 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3050 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3051 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3052 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3054 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3055 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3056 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r);
3057 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3058 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3060 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3062 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3063 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3064 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r);
3068 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3069 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3071 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3073 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3075 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3076 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3077 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3080 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3082 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3085 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3086 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3087 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3088 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3091 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3092 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3093 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3094 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3097 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3098 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3099 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3100 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3103 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3104 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3105 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3106 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3109 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3110 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3112 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3113 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3116 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3117 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3118 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3119 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3122 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3123 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3125 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3126 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3129 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3130 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3131 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3132 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3133 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3136 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3137 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3138 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3139 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3140 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3141 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3144 case DW_CFA_register:
3145 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3147 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3148 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3151 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3152 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3153 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3156 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3157 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3158 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3161 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3164 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3165 case DW_CFA_expression:
3166 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3169 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3170 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3179 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3182 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3184 unsigned long r, r2;
3186 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3190 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3191 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3192 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3193 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3194 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3195 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3196 going to take care of this for us. */
3200 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3201 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3202 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3203 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3204 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3207 case DW_CFA_restore:
3208 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3209 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3210 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3213 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3214 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3215 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3218 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3219 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3220 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3223 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3224 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3225 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3226 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3227 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3230 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3231 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3232 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3235 case DW_CFA_register:
3236 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3237 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3238 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3241 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3242 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3243 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3244 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3245 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3248 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3249 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3251 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3252 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3255 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3256 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3257 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3259 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3260 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3261 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3264 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3265 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3268 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3269 case DW_CFA_expression:
3270 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3271 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3272 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3280 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3281 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3283 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3284 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3285 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3286 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3289 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3291 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3293 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3294 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3295 unsigned int len, idx;
3297 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3298 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3302 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3303 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3304 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3305 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3306 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3308 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3310 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3312 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3313 .cfi_restore_state. */
3314 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3315 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3317 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3320 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3327 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3331 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3332 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3334 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3337 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3338 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3339 case DW_CFA_restore:
3340 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3341 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3342 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3343 case DW_CFA_register:
3344 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3345 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3346 case DW_CFA_expression:
3347 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3348 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3349 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3350 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3351 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3352 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3355 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3356 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3358 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3360 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3363 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3364 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3365 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3368 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3370 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3371 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3373 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3375 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3376 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3379 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3381 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3384 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3386 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3388 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3390 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3391 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3392 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3394 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3395 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3396 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3398 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3399 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3400 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3401 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3408 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3409 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3413 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3415 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3418 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3420 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3423 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3425 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3427 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3430 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3433 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3434 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3436 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3443 /* Output one FDE. */
3446 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3447 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3448 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3450 const char *begin, *end;
3451 static unsigned int j;
3452 char l1[20], l2[20];
3455 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3457 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3459 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3460 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3461 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3462 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3463 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3464 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3466 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3469 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3471 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3472 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3474 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3476 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3477 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3481 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3482 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3483 might be separated from the real start of the
3484 function by alignment padding. */
3486 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3487 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3488 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3490 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3491 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3492 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3494 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3499 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3500 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3501 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3502 "FDE initial location");
3503 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3504 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3508 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3509 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3512 if (augmentation[0])
3514 if (any_lsda_needed)
3516 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3518 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3520 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3521 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3522 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3523 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3524 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3527 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3530 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3532 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3534 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3535 fde->funcdef_number);
3536 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3537 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3539 "Language Specific Data Area");
3543 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3544 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3545 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3546 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3550 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3553 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3555 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3556 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3557 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3558 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3561 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3562 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3564 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3565 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3571 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3573 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3575 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3576 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3577 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3578 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3580 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3581 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3584 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3585 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3586 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3587 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3588 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3590 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3591 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3592 switch *back* into the table section. */
3593 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3594 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3595 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3598 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3599 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3600 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3601 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3606 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
3609 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde)
3611 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
3614 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde->decl))
3617 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3620 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
3621 if (flag_exceptions && (fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls || fde->nothrow))
3627 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3628 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3629 location of saved registers. */
3632 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3637 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3638 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3639 char augmentation[6];
3640 int augmentation_size;
3641 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3642 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3643 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3645 rtx personality = NULL;
3648 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3649 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3652 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3653 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3656 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
3657 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
3658 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
3659 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
3660 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
3661 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
3664 bool any_eh_needed = false;
3666 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3667 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3668 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3669 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (&fde_table[i]))
3670 any_eh_needed = true;
3671 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO)
3672 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl, 1, 1);
3678 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3682 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3683 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3685 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3686 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3688 /* Output the CIE. */
3689 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3690 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3691 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3692 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3693 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3694 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3695 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3696 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3698 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3699 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3700 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3701 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3702 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3704 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3705 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3706 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3707 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3709 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3711 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3713 augmentation[0] = 0;
3714 augmentation_size = 0;
3716 personality = current_unit_personality;
3722 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3723 augmentation section.
3724 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3725 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3726 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3728 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3729 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3731 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3732 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3733 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3735 p = augmentation + 1;
3739 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3740 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3742 if (any_lsda_needed)
3745 augmentation_size += 1;
3747 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3750 augmentation_size += 1;
3752 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3754 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3758 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3759 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3761 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3763 + 1 /* CIE version */
3764 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3765 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3766 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3768 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3769 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3770 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3772 augmentation_size += pad;
3774 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3775 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3776 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3780 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3781 if (dw_cie_version >= 4)
3783 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size");
3784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3786 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3787 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3788 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3790 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3791 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3793 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3795 if (augmentation[0])
3797 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3800 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3801 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3802 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3807 if (any_lsda_needed)
3808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3809 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3811 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3812 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3813 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3816 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3817 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3819 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3820 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3821 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3822 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3824 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3825 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3828 fde = &fde_table[i];
3830 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3831 if (for_eh && !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde))
3834 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3835 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3836 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3839 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3840 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3841 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3842 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3843 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3844 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3847 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3852 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3855 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3859 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3861 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3865 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3868 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3869 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3870 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3871 of the weirder relocation types. */
3872 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3873 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3875 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
3876 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3877 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3880 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3884 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3885 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3886 current_function_funcdef_no);
3887 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3888 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3890 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3891 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3893 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
3894 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3895 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3899 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3903 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3904 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3906 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3911 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3913 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3914 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3915 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3917 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3918 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3921 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3925 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3926 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3927 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3928 current_function_funcdef_no);
3929 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3930 current_function_funcdef_no);
3931 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3932 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3934 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3935 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3936 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3940 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3941 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3943 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3944 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3945 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3946 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3949 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3950 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3952 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3953 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3954 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3955 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3956 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3957 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3958 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3959 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3960 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3961 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3962 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3963 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3964 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3965 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3966 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3967 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3968 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3969 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3970 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3971 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3972 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3974 section *unlikelysec;
3975 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3976 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3979 = (fnsec == text_section
3980 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3981 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3982 fde->cold_in_std_section
3983 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3984 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3989 = (fnsec == text_section
3990 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3991 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3994 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3996 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3997 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3998 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4000 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
4003 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4004 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4007 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4008 if (!current_unit_personality)
4009 current_unit_personality = personality;
4011 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4012 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
4013 function anymore. */
4014 if (personality && current_unit_personality != personality)
4015 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4016 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
4020 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4021 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4025 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4026 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4029 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4031 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4032 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4035 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4036 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4038 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4040 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4041 current_function_funcdef_no);
4042 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4043 fde = current_fde ();
4044 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4045 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4049 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4051 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4052 fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4053 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4054 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4056 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4057 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4059 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4060 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4062 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4063 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4064 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4069 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4071 /* Output call frame information. */
4072 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4073 output_call_frame_info (0);
4075 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4076 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4077 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4078 output_call_frame_info (1);
4082 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4085 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4087 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4088 if (sec == text_section)
4089 text_section_used = true;
4090 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4091 cold_text_section_used = true;
4095 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4097 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4099 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4101 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4102 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4104 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4105 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4106 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4107 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4108 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4110 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4111 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4112 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4114 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4115 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4116 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4118 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4119 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4121 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4122 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4124 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4126 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4127 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4129 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4133 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4135 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4137 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4138 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4139 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4144 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4145 for emitting location expressions. */
4147 /* Data about a single source file. */
4148 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4149 const char * filename;
4153 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4154 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4155 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4156 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4157 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4159 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4163 } deferred_locations;
4165 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4166 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4168 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4170 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4171 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4173 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4174 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4175 implementation are listed below. */
4180 dw_val_class_offset,
4182 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4183 dw_val_class_range_list,
4185 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4186 dw_val_class_const_double,
4189 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4190 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4191 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4192 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4194 dw_val_class_macptr,
4199 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4201 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4202 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4208 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4209 represented internally. */
4211 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4212 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4213 union dw_val_struct_union
4215 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4216 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4217 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4218 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4219 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4220 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4221 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4222 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4223 struct dw_val_die_union
4227 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4228 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4229 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4230 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4231 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4232 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4233 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4235 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4239 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4242 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4243 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4244 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4245 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4246 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4247 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4249 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4250 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4254 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4255 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4256 their entire life. */
4257 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4258 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4259 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4260 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4261 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4262 Only on head of list */
4263 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4264 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4267 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4269 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4271 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4274 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4279 return "DW_OP_addr";
4281 return "DW_OP_deref";
4283 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4285 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4287 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4289 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4291 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4293 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4295 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4297 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4299 return "DW_OP_constu";
4301 return "DW_OP_consts";
4305 return "DW_OP_drop";
4307 return "DW_OP_over";
4309 return "DW_OP_pick";
4311 return "DW_OP_swap";
4315 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4323 return "DW_OP_minus";
4335 return "DW_OP_plus";
4336 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4337 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4343 return "DW_OP_shra";
4361 return "DW_OP_skip";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4381 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4383 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4385 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4387 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4389 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4391 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4393 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4395 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4397 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4399 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4401 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4403 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4405 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4407 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4409 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4411 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4413 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4415 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4417 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4419 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4421 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4423 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4425 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4445 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4447 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4449 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4451 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4453 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4455 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4457 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4459 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4461 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4463 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4465 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4467 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4469 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4471 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4473 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4475 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4477 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4479 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4481 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4483 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4485 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4487 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4489 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4509 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4511 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4513 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4515 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4517 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4519 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4521 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4523 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4525 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4527 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4529 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4531 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4533 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4535 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4537 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4539 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4541 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4543 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4545 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4547 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4549 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4551 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4553 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4555 return "DW_OP_regx";
4557 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4559 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4561 return "DW_OP_piece";
4562 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4563 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4564 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4565 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4569 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4570 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4572 return "DW_OP_call2";
4574 return "DW_OP_call4";
4575 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4576 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4577 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4578 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4579 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4580 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4581 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4582 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4583 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4584 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4585 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4586 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4588 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4589 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4590 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4591 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4592 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4593 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4596 return "OP_<unknown>";
4600 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4601 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4602 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4604 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4605 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4606 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4608 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4610 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4611 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4612 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4613 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4614 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4619 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4622 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4623 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4626 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4629 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4632 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4635 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4637 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4639 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4640 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4646 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4649 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4651 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4654 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4659 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4660 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4664 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4665 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4666 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4667 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4668 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4670 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4671 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4673 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4674 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4677 else if (offset > 0)
4678 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4682 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
4683 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
4687 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4688 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4691 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4694 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4695 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4699 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4701 static unsigned long
4702 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4704 unsigned long size = 1;
4706 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4709 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4728 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4731 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4736 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4737 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4775 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4778 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4781 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4784 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4785 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4788 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4790 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4791 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4792 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned);
4794 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4795 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4804 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4805 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4807 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4808 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4809 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4818 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4820 static unsigned long
4821 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4826 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4827 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4828 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4830 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4832 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4837 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4839 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4840 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4846 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4847 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4850 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4853 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4855 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4856 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4858 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4860 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4863 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4867 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4871 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4872 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4879 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4880 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4882 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4885 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4886 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4887 switch (val2->val_class)
4889 case dw_val_class_const:
4890 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4892 case dw_val_class_vec:
4894 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4895 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4899 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4904 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4907 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4908 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4911 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4913 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4915 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4917 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4918 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4922 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4923 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4925 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4927 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4931 case dw_val_class_addr:
4932 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4933 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4948 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4949 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4950 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4951 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4952 only doing unwinding. */
4957 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4960 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4963 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4966 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4968 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4969 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5003 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5006 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5009 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5012 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5013 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5016 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5018 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
5019 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5020 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5022 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5023 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5024 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5030 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5032 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5035 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5042 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5043 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5051 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5056 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5059 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5061 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5063 /* Output the opcode. */
5064 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5065 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5067 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5068 output_loc_operands (loc);
5072 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5073 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5076 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5078 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5079 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5081 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5084 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5085 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5091 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5092 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5093 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5094 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5099 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5100 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5105 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5106 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5111 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5112 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5113 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5121 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5122 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5124 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5125 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5130 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5133 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5134 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5137 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
5138 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5140 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2->v.val_unsigned);
5177 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5178 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5182 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5183 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5184 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5185 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5189 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5195 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5199 /* Output the opcode. */
5200 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5201 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5203 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5205 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5207 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5211 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5212 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5215 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5217 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5220 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5222 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5223 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5226 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5228 /* Output the size of the block. */
5229 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5230 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5232 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5233 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5236 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5239 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5241 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5244 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5246 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5247 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5250 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5252 /* Output the size of the block. */
5253 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5254 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5255 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5257 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5258 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5261 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5262 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5265 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5266 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5268 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5270 offset += cfa->offset;
5274 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5275 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5276 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5277 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5280 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5281 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5285 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5290 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5291 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5294 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5295 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5297 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5298 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5299 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5301 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5302 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5304 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5305 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5306 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5307 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5310 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5314 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5315 descriptor sequence. */
5318 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5320 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5322 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5326 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5328 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5364 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5367 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5401 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5402 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5405 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5406 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5411 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5412 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5415 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5416 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5420 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5422 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5423 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5425 /* .debug_str support. */
5426 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5428 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5429 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5430 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5431 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5432 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5433 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5434 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5435 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
5436 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5437 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5438 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5439 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5440 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5441 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5442 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5444 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5445 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5446 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5447 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5448 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5449 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5450 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5451 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5453 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5455 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5459 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5462 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5463 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5464 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5465 dwarf2out_end_block,
5466 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5467 dwarf2out_source_line,
5468 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5469 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
5470 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5471 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5472 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5473 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
5474 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5475 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5476 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5477 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5478 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5479 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5480 something tries to reference them. */
5481 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5482 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5483 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5484 dwarf2out_var_location,
5485 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5486 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5487 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5488 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5489 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5491 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5495 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5496 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5497 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5499 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5500 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5501 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5502 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5504 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5505 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5507 typedef long int dw_offset;
5509 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5511 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5512 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5513 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5514 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5515 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5516 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5517 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5519 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5520 line number associated with the label generated for that
5521 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5522 the line number entry. */
5524 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5525 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5526 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5530 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5532 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5533 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5534 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5535 unsigned long function;
5537 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5539 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5540 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5541 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5543 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5544 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5545 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5549 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5550 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5552 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5553 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5554 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5556 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5557 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5558 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5560 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5561 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5563 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5564 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5565 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5566 dw_die_ref die_child;
5568 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5569 dw_offset die_offset;
5570 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5572 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5573 int die_perennial_p;
5574 unsigned int decl_id;
5578 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5579 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5580 c = die->die_child; \
5584 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5587 /* The pubname structure */
5589 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5595 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5596 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5598 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5599 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5600 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5604 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5609 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5610 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5612 dw_die_ref root_die;
5613 dw_die_ref type_die;
5614 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5615 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5619 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5620 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5623 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5627 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5631 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5633 skeleton_chain_node;
5635 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5636 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5637 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5640 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5641 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5643 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5644 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5645 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5646 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5647 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5648 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5650 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5651 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5652 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5653 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5654 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5655 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5656 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5657 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5658 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5659 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5661 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5662 language, and compiler version. */
5664 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5665 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5666 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5668 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5669 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5670 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5671 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5673 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5674 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5676 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5677 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5678 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5679 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5680 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5682 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5683 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5684 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5685 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5686 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5687 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5689 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5690 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5691 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5692 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5694 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5698 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5699 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5700 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5702 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5703 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5705 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5706 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5708 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5709 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5710 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5711 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5712 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5714 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5715 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5716 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5719 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5720 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5721 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5722 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5725 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5726 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5728 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5729 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5731 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5732 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5734 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5735 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
5736 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5738 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5739 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5741 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5742 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5743 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5745 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5746 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5747 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5749 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5754 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5755 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5757 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5758 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5759 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
5760 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
5761 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
5762 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
5763 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
5764 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
5765 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
5766 NULL as second operand. */
5768 const char * GTY (()) label;
5769 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5772 /* Variable location list. */
5773 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5774 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5776 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
5777 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
5778 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
5779 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
5780 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
5781 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
5782 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5784 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5785 unsigned int decl_id;
5787 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5790 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5791 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5793 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5794 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5795 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5796 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5797 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5799 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5800 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5802 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5803 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5805 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5806 abbrev_die_table. */
5807 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5809 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5810 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5811 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5812 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5814 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5815 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5817 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5818 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5820 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5821 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5822 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5823 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5825 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5826 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5828 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5829 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5831 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5833 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5835 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5836 accessible names. */
5837 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5839 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5840 accessible types. */
5841 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5843 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5844 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5846 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5847 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5849 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5850 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5852 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5854 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5856 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5857 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5859 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5860 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5862 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5863 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5865 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5866 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5867 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5869 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5870 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5872 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5873 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5875 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5877 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5879 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5880 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5882 /* Unique label counter. */
5883 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5885 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5886 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5888 /* The direct call table structure. */
5890 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5891 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5893 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5897 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5898 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5900 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5902 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5903 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5904 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5908 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5909 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5911 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5912 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5913 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5915 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5917 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5919 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5922 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5924 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5925 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5926 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5928 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5929 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5932 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5933 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5935 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5936 static GTY(()) int label_num;
5938 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5939 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5941 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5943 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5945 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5946 within the current function. */
5947 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5949 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5951 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5952 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5953 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5954 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5955 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5956 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5957 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5958 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5959 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5960 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5961 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5962 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5963 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5964 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5965 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5966 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5967 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5968 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5969 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5970 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5971 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5972 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5973 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5974 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5975 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5976 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5977 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5978 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5979 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5980 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5981 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5982 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5983 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5984 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5985 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5987 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5988 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5989 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5990 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5991 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5992 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5993 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5994 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5995 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5997 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5998 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5999 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
6000 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
6001 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6002 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6003 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6004 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6005 static bool is_cxx (void);
6006 static bool is_fortran (void);
6007 static bool is_ada (void);
6008 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6009 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
6010 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6011 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
6012 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
6013 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6014 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
6015 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6016 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
6017 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
6018 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6019 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
6020 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6021 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
6022 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6023 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx, const char *);
6024 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6025 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
6026 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
6027 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6028 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
6029 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6030 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6031 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6032 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6033 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6034 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6035 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6036 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6037 struct checksum_attributes;
6038 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6039 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6040 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6041 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6042 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6043 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6044 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6045 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6046 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6047 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6048 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6049 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6050 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6051 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6052 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6053 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6054 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6055 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6056 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6057 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6058 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6059 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6060 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6061 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6062 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6064 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6065 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6066 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6067 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6069 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6070 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6071 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6072 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6073 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6074 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6075 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6076 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6077 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6078 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6079 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6080 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6081 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6082 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6083 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6084 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6085 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6086 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6087 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6088 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6089 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6090 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6091 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6092 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6093 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6094 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6095 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6096 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6097 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6098 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6099 static void output_aranges (void);
6100 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6101 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6102 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6104 static void output_ranges (void);
6105 static void output_line_info (void);
6106 static void output_file_names (void);
6107 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6108 static int is_base_type (tree);
6109 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6110 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6111 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6112 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6113 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6114 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6115 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6116 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6117 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6118 enum var_init_status);
6119 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6120 enum var_init_status);
6121 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6122 enum var_init_status);
6123 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6124 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6125 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6126 enum var_init_status);
6127 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6128 enum var_init_status);
6129 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6130 enum var_init_status);
6131 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6132 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6133 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6134 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6135 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6136 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6137 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6138 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6139 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6141 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6142 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6143 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6144 static void insert_double (double_int, unsigned char *);
6145 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6146 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6147 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6148 enum dwarf_attribute);
6149 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6150 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6151 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6152 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6153 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6154 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6155 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6156 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6157 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6158 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6159 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6160 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6161 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6162 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6163 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6164 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6165 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6166 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6167 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6168 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6169 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6170 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6171 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6172 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6174 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6176 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6177 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6179 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6181 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6182 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6183 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6184 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6185 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6186 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6187 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6188 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6189 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6190 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6191 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6192 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6193 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6194 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6195 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6196 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6197 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6198 enum debug_info_usage);
6199 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6200 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6201 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6202 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6203 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6204 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6205 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree);
6206 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6207 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6208 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6209 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6210 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6211 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6212 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6213 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6214 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6215 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6216 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6217 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
6218 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage);
6219 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6220 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6221 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6222 const char *, const char *);
6223 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6224 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6226 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6227 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6228 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6229 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6230 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6231 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6232 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6233 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6234 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6236 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6237 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6238 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6240 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6241 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6243 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6244 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6246 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6247 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6249 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6250 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6252 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6253 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6255 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6256 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6258 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6259 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6261 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6262 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6264 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6265 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6267 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6268 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6270 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6271 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6274 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6275 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6276 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6279 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6280 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6281 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6282 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6285 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6286 the section names themselves. */
6288 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6289 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6291 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6292 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6294 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6295 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6297 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6298 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6300 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6301 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6303 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6304 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6306 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6307 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6309 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6310 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6313 /* Mangled name attribute to use. This used to be a vendor extension
6314 until DWARF 4 standardized it. */
6315 #define AT_linkage_name \
6316 (dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_AT_linkage_name : DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name)
6319 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6320 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6321 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6322 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6323 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6325 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6326 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6327 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6328 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6329 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6330 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6331 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6332 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6333 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6334 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6336 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6337 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6339 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6340 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6342 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6343 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6345 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6346 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6348 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6349 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6351 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6352 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6356 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6357 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6359 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6362 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6364 demangle_name_func = func;
6367 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6370 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6372 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6373 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6374 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6377 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6381 type_main_variant (tree type)
6383 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6385 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6386 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6387 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6388 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6390 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6391 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6392 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6397 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6400 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6402 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6404 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6405 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6408 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6411 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6415 case DW_TAG_padding:
6416 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6417 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6418 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6419 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6420 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6421 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6422 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6423 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6424 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6425 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6426 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6427 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6428 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6430 return "DW_TAG_label";
6431 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6432 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6434 return "DW_TAG_member";
6435 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6436 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6437 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6438 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6439 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6440 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6441 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6442 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6443 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6444 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6445 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6446 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6447 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6448 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6449 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6450 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6451 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6452 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6453 case DW_TAG_variant:
6454 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6455 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6456 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6457 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6458 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6459 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6460 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6461 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6462 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6464 return "DW_TAG_module";
6465 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6466 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6467 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6468 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6469 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6470 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6471 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6472 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6473 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6474 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6475 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6476 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6477 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6478 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6479 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6480 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6481 case DW_TAG_constant:
6482 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6483 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6484 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6485 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6486 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6488 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6489 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6490 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6491 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6492 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6493 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6494 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6495 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6496 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6497 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6498 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6499 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6500 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6501 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6502 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6503 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6504 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6505 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6506 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6507 case DW_TAG_variable:
6508 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6509 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6510 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6511 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6512 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6513 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6514 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6515 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6516 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6517 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6518 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6519 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6520 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6521 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6522 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6523 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6524 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6525 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6526 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6527 case DW_TAG_condition:
6528 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6529 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6530 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6531 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6532 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6533 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6534 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6535 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6536 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6537 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6538 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6539 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6540 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6541 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6542 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6543 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6544 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6545 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6546 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6547 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6548 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6549 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6550 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6551 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6552 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6553 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6554 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6556 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6560 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6563 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6568 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6569 case DW_AT_location:
6570 return "DW_AT_location";
6572 return "DW_AT_name";
6573 case DW_AT_ordering:
6574 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6575 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6576 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6577 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6578 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6579 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6580 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6581 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6582 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6583 case DW_AT_element_list:
6584 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6585 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6586 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6588 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6590 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6591 case DW_AT_language:
6592 return "DW_AT_language";
6594 return "DW_AT_member";
6596 return "DW_AT_discr";
6597 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6598 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6599 case DW_AT_visibility:
6600 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6602 return "DW_AT_import";
6603 case DW_AT_string_length:
6604 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6605 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6606 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6607 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6608 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6609 case DW_AT_const_value:
6610 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6611 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6612 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6613 case DW_AT_default_value:
6614 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6616 return "DW_AT_inline";
6617 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6618 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6619 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6620 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6621 case DW_AT_producer:
6622 return "DW_AT_producer";
6623 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6624 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6625 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6626 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6627 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6628 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6629 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6630 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6631 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6632 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6633 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6634 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6635 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6636 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6637 case DW_AT_address_class:
6638 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6639 case DW_AT_artificial:
6640 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6641 case DW_AT_base_types:
6642 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6643 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6644 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6646 return "DW_AT_count";
6647 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6648 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6649 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6650 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6651 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6652 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6653 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6654 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6655 case DW_AT_declaration:
6656 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6657 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6658 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6659 case DW_AT_encoding:
6660 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6661 case DW_AT_external:
6662 return "DW_AT_external";
6663 case DW_AT_explicit:
6664 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6665 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6666 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6668 return "DW_AT_friend";
6669 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6670 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6671 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6672 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6673 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6674 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6675 case DW_AT_priority:
6676 return "DW_AT_priority";
6678 return "DW_AT_segment";
6679 case DW_AT_specification:
6680 return "DW_AT_specification";
6681 case DW_AT_static_link:
6682 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6684 return "DW_AT_type";
6685 case DW_AT_use_location:
6686 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6687 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6688 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6689 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6690 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6691 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6692 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6694 case DW_AT_allocated:
6695 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6696 case DW_AT_associated:
6697 return "DW_AT_associated";
6698 case DW_AT_data_location:
6699 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6700 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6701 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6702 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6703 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6704 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6705 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6706 case DW_AT_extension:
6707 return "DW_AT_extension";
6709 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6710 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6711 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6712 case DW_AT_call_column:
6713 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6714 case DW_AT_call_file:
6715 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6716 case DW_AT_call_line:
6717 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6719 case DW_AT_signature:
6720 return "DW_AT_signature";
6721 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6722 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6723 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6724 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6725 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6726 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6727 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6728 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6729 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6730 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6732 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6733 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6734 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6735 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6736 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6737 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6738 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6739 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6740 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6741 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6742 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6743 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6744 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6745 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6746 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6747 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6748 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6749 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6750 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6751 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6752 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6753 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6755 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6756 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6757 case DW_AT_src_info:
6758 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6759 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6760 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6761 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6762 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6763 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6764 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6765 case DW_AT_body_end:
6766 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6767 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6768 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6769 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6770 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6771 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6772 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6773 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6774 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6775 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6776 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6777 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6778 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6779 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6780 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6781 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6782 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6783 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6784 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6785 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6786 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6788 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6789 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6792 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6796 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6799 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6804 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6805 case DW_FORM_block2:
6806 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6807 case DW_FORM_block4:
6808 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6810 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6812 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6814 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6815 case DW_FORM_string:
6816 return "DW_FORM_string";
6818 return "DW_FORM_block";
6819 case DW_FORM_block1:
6820 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6822 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6824 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6826 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6828 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6830 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6831 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6832 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6834 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6836 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6838 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6840 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6841 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6842 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6843 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6844 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6845 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6846 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6847 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6848 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6849 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6850 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6851 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6852 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6854 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6858 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6859 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6860 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6861 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6865 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6867 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6870 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6871 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6872 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6873 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6876 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6877 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6878 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6880 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6883 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6884 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6888 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6890 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6892 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6893 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6895 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6896 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6898 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6899 context = NULL_TREE;
6904 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6907 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6909 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6913 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6914 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6915 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6918 static inline enum dw_val_class
6919 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6921 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6924 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6927 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6931 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6932 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6933 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6934 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6937 static inline unsigned
6938 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6940 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6941 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6944 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6947 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6951 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6952 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6953 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6954 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6957 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6958 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6960 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6961 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6964 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6967 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6968 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6972 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6973 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6974 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6975 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6978 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6979 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6981 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6982 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6985 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6988 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6989 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6993 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6994 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6995 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6996 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6997 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7000 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
7003 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7004 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
7008 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7009 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
7010 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
7011 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
7012 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
7013 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7016 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
7019 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7020 unsigned char data8[8])
7024 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7025 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
7026 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
7027 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7030 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7033 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
7035 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
7039 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
7041 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
7042 (const char *)x2) == 0;
7045 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7047 static struct indirect_string_node *
7048 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7050 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7053 if (! debug_str_hash)
7054 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7055 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7057 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7058 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7061 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7062 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7063 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7067 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7073 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7076 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7079 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7081 node = find_AT_string (str);
7083 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7084 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7085 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7086 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7089 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7090 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7093 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7100 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7101 ++dw2_string_counter;
7102 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7105 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7106 debug string STR. */
7109 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7111 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7113 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7115 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7117 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7120 static inline const char *
7121 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7123 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7124 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7127 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7128 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7130 static enum dwarf_form
7131 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7133 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7136 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7138 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7142 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7144 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7145 always better to put it inline. */
7146 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7147 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7149 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7150 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7152 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7153 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7154 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7155 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7157 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7159 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7162 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7165 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7169 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7170 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7171 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7172 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7173 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7176 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7177 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7180 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7182 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7183 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7184 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7187 static inline dw_die_ref
7188 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7190 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7191 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7195 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7197 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7198 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7204 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7206 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7207 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7210 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7213 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7217 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7218 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7219 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7220 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7223 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7226 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7230 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7231 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7232 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7233 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7236 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7237 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7239 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7240 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7244 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7248 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7249 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7250 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7251 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7252 have_location_lists = true;
7255 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7256 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7258 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7259 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7262 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7263 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7265 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7266 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7269 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7272 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7276 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7277 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7278 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7279 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7282 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7285 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7287 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7288 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7291 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7294 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7295 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7299 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7300 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7301 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7302 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7305 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7307 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7308 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7310 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7311 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7314 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7317 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7321 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7322 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7323 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7324 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7327 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7328 debug_line section. */
7331 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7336 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7337 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7338 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7339 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7342 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7343 debug_macinfo section. */
7346 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7351 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7352 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7353 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7354 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7357 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7360 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7361 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7365 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7366 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7367 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7368 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7371 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7374 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7375 long unsigned int offset)
7379 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7380 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7381 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7382 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7385 static inline const char *
7386 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7388 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7389 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7390 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7391 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7394 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7397 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7401 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7406 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7407 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7409 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7410 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7414 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7419 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7420 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7421 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7423 static inline const char *
7424 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7426 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7428 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7431 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7432 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7433 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7435 static inline const char *
7436 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7438 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7440 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7443 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7444 NULL if it is not present. */
7446 static inline const char *
7447 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7449 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7451 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7454 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7455 if it is not present. */
7458 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7460 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7462 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7465 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7466 if it is not present. */
7468 static inline unsigned
7469 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7471 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7473 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7476 static inline dw_die_ref
7477 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7479 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7481 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7484 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7485 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7487 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7489 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7492 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7497 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7499 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7502 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7507 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7509 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7510 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7511 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7514 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7519 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7521 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7524 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7527 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7535 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7536 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7538 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7539 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7540 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7542 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7544 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7549 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7550 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7553 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7555 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7556 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7559 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7563 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7564 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7565 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7568 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7569 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7572 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7574 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7576 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7577 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7579 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7580 if (prev == old_child)
7582 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7583 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7587 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7588 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7590 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7591 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7594 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7597 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7600 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7601 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7602 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7605 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7609 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7615 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7617 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7619 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7620 /* Might have removed every child. */
7621 if (c == c->die_sib)
7625 } while (c != die->die_child);
7628 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7631 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7633 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7634 if (! die || ! child_die)
7636 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7638 child_die->die_parent = die;
7641 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7642 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7645 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7646 die->die_child = child_die;
7649 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7650 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7651 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7654 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7658 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7659 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7660 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7662 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7668 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7669 || (child->die_parent
7670 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7672 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7673 if (p->die_sib == child)
7675 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7679 add_child_die (parent, child);
7682 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7684 static inline dw_die_ref
7685 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7687 dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7689 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7691 if (parent_die != NULL)
7692 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7695 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7697 limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7698 limbo_node->die = die;
7699 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7700 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7701 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7707 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7709 static inline dw_die_ref
7710 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7712 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7715 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7718 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7720 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7723 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7726 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7728 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7731 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7734 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7736 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7739 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7741 static inline dw_die_ref
7742 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7744 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7747 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7750 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7752 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7755 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7759 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7761 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7764 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7766 static inline var_loc_list *
7767 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7769 if (!decl_loc_table)
7771 return (var_loc_list *)
7772 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7775 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7778 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7780 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7783 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7785 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7788 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
7791 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece)
7793 int ret = (int) GET_MODE (piece);
7796 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece, 0)) == CONCAT
7797 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0)));
7798 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0));
7801 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
7804 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece)
7806 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece))
7807 return &XEXP (piece, 0);
7809 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 1);
7812 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
7813 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
7816 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx next)
7818 if (bitsize <= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE)
7819 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize, loc_note, next);
7821 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode,
7826 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
7827 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
7830 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos,
7831 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize)
7835 loc_note = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, NULL_RTX);
7837 loc_note = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos, loc_note);
7842 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
7843 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
7844 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
7845 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
7846 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
7847 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
7848 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
7849 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
7850 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
7853 adjust_piece_list (rtx *dest, rtx *src, rtx *inner,
7854 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos,
7855 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx loc_note)
7858 bool copy = inner != NULL;
7862 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
7863 while (src != inner)
7865 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
7866 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
7867 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7868 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
7871 /* Add padding if needed. */
7872 if (bitpos != piece_bitpos)
7874 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos - piece_bitpos,
7875 copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
7876 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7878 else if (*dest && decl_piece_bitsize (*dest) == bitsize)
7881 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
7882 just update the location for it and return. */
7883 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest) = loc_note;
7886 /* Add the piece that changed. */
7887 *dest = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
7888 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7889 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
7890 diff = bitpos - piece_bitpos + bitsize;
7893 while (diff > 0 && *src)
7896 diff -= decl_piece_bitsize (piece);
7898 src = &XEXP (piece, 1);
7901 *src = XEXP (piece, 1);
7902 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece);
7905 /* Add padding if needed. */
7906 if (diff < 0 && *src)
7910 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, -diff, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
7911 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7915 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
7918 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
7919 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
7920 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7921 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
7925 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7927 static struct var_loc_node *
7928 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note, const char *label)
7930 unsigned int decl_id;
7933 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
7934 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = -1, bitpos = -1;
7936 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl))
7938 tree realdecl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
7939 if (realdecl && handled_component_p (realdecl))
7941 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize;
7944 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl, &bitpos, &bitsize, &maxsize);
7945 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl)
7946 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl)
7947 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl)
7949 || bitpos + bitsize > 256
7950 || bitsize != maxsize)
7956 decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7957 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7960 temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7961 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7965 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7969 struct var_loc_node *last = temp->last, *unused = NULL;
7970 rtx *piece_loc = NULL, last_loc_note;
7971 int piece_bitpos = 0;
7975 gcc_assert (last->next == NULL);
7977 if (bitsize != -1 && GET_CODE (last->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
7979 piece_loc = &last->loc;
7982 int cur_bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc);
7983 if (piece_bitpos + cur_bitsize > bitpos)
7985 piece_bitpos += cur_bitsize;
7986 piece_loc = &XEXP (*piece_loc, 1);
7990 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
7991 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
7993 if (label && strcmp (last->label, label) == 0)
7995 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
7996 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
7997 if (piece_loc != NULL)
7999 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc, NULL, NULL,
8000 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
8003 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
8004 if (temp->last != last)
8006 temp->last->next = NULL;
8009 gcc_assert (strcmp (last->label, label) != 0);
8013 gcc_assert (temp->first == temp->last);
8014 memset (temp->last, '\0', sizeof (*temp->last));
8015 temp->last->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8019 if (bitsize == -1 && NOTE_P (last->loc))
8020 last_loc_note = last->loc;
8021 else if (piece_loc != NULL
8022 && *piece_loc != NULL_RTX
8023 && piece_bitpos == bitpos
8024 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc) == bitsize)
8025 last_loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc);
8027 last_loc_note = NULL_RTX;
8028 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
8029 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
8030 we have nothing to do. */
8031 if (last_loc_note == NULL_RTX
8032 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note),
8033 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
8034 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
8035 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
8036 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
8037 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8038 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
8039 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
8041 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
8042 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
8043 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
8047 memset (loc, '\0', sizeof (*loc));
8050 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
8051 if (bitsize == -1 || piece_loc == NULL)
8052 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8054 adjust_piece_list (&loc->loc, &last->loc, piece_loc,
8055 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
8057 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
8058 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
8059 if (last != temp->last)
8067 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
8070 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8075 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
8076 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
8077 the DIE internal representation. */
8078 static int print_indent;
8080 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
8083 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
8085 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
8088 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
8091 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
8095 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
8096 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
8099 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
8100 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8103 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
8109 print_spaces (outfile);
8110 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
8111 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
8112 print_spaces (outfile);
8113 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
8114 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
8115 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
8117 print_spaces (outfile);
8118 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
8119 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
8120 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8123 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8125 print_spaces (outfile);
8126 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
8128 switch (AT_class (a))
8130 case dw_val_class_addr:
8131 fprintf (outfile, "address");
8133 case dw_val_class_offset:
8134 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
8136 case dw_val_class_loc:
8137 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
8139 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
8140 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
8141 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
8143 case dw_val_class_range_list:
8144 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
8146 case dw_val_class_const:
8147 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
8149 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8150 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
8152 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8153 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
8154 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
8155 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
8156 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
8158 case dw_val_class_vec:
8159 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
8161 case dw_val_class_flag:
8162 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
8164 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8165 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
8167 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
8169 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
8170 print_signature (outfile,
8171 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
8173 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
8174 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
8175 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
8177 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
8180 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
8182 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8183 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8184 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8185 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
8187 case dw_val_class_str:
8188 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
8189 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
8191 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
8193 case dw_val_class_file:
8194 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
8195 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
8197 case dw_val_class_data8:
8201 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
8202 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
8209 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8212 if (die->die_child != NULL)
8215 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
8218 if (print_indent == 0)
8219 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8222 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
8223 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8226 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
8229 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
8231 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
8232 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
8234 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
8235 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
8236 line_info->dw_file_num,
8237 line_info->dw_line_num);
8240 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
8243 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8246 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
8248 print_die (die, stderr);
8251 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8252 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8258 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
8259 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
8260 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
8263 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8264 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8265 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8268 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
8270 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
8271 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
8273 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8277 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8280 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8282 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8284 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8288 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8289 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8291 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8294 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8298 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8300 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8301 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8304 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8307 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8309 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8312 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8314 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8315 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8316 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8319 switch (AT_class (at))
8321 case dw_val_class_const:
8322 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8324 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8325 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8327 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8328 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8330 case dw_val_class_vec:
8331 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8333 case dw_val_class_flag:
8334 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8336 case dw_val_class_str:
8337 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8340 case dw_val_class_addr:
8342 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8343 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8346 case dw_val_class_offset:
8347 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8350 case dw_val_class_loc:
8351 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8352 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8355 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8356 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8359 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8360 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8361 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8362 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8365 case dw_val_class_file:
8366 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8369 case dw_val_class_data8:
8370 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8378 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8381 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8387 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8390 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8393 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8395 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8397 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8398 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8400 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8404 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8406 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8407 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8408 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8409 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8410 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8411 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8412 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8414 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8417 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8424 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8426 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8427 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8436 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8439 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8443 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8446 /* More bytes to follow. */
8454 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8455 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8458 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8462 int tag = die->die_tag;
8464 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8465 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8466 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8469 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8471 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8475 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8476 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8478 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8479 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8481 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8484 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8487 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8489 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8490 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8491 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8493 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8494 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8498 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8501 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8502 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8503 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8504 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8508 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8511 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8512 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8514 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8517 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8519 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8521 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8522 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8523 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8524 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8525 is complete or not. */
8526 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8527 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8528 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8529 || tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8530 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8531 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8532 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8534 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8536 if (name_attr != NULL)
8538 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8542 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8543 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8544 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8545 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8546 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8547 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8552 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8553 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8554 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8555 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8557 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8558 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8559 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8563 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8567 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8568 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8569 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8570 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8571 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8572 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8577 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8578 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8580 switch (AT_class (at))
8582 case dw_val_class_const:
8583 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8584 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8587 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8588 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8589 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8592 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8593 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8594 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8595 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8598 case dw_val_class_vec:
8599 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8600 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8601 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8604 case dw_val_class_flag:
8605 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8606 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8609 case dw_val_class_str:
8610 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8611 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8614 case dw_val_class_addr:
8616 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8617 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8618 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8621 case dw_val_class_offset:
8622 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8623 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8626 case dw_val_class_loc:
8627 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8628 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8631 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8632 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8633 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8634 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8637 case dw_val_class_file:
8638 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8639 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8642 case dw_val_class_data8:
8643 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8651 struct checksum_attributes
8653 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8654 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8655 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8656 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8657 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8658 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8659 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8660 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8661 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8662 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8663 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8664 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8665 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8666 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8667 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8668 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8669 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8670 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8671 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8672 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8673 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8674 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8675 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8676 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8677 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8678 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8679 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8680 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8681 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8682 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8683 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8684 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8685 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8686 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8687 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8688 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8689 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8690 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8691 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8692 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8693 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8694 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8695 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8696 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8697 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8698 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8699 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8702 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8705 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8710 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8721 attrs->at_friend = a;
8723 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8724 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8726 case DW_AT_address_class:
8727 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8729 case DW_AT_allocated:
8730 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8732 case DW_AT_artificial:
8733 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8735 case DW_AT_associated:
8736 attrs->at_associated = a;
8738 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8739 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8741 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8742 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8744 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8745 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8747 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8748 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8750 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8751 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8753 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8754 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8756 case DW_AT_const_value:
8757 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8759 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8760 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8763 attrs->at_count = a;
8765 case DW_AT_data_location:
8766 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8768 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8769 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8771 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8772 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8774 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8775 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8777 case DW_AT_default_value:
8778 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8780 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8781 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8784 attrs->at_discr = a;
8786 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8787 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8789 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8790 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8792 case DW_AT_encoding:
8793 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8795 case DW_AT_endianity:
8796 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8798 case DW_AT_explicit:
8799 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8801 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8802 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8804 case DW_AT_location:
8805 attrs->at_location = a;
8807 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8808 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8811 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8813 case DW_AT_ordering:
8814 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8816 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8817 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8819 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8820 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8823 attrs->at_small = a;
8826 attrs->at_segment = a;
8828 case DW_AT_string_length:
8829 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8831 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8832 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8834 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8835 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8837 case DW_AT_use_location:
8838 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8840 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8841 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8843 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8844 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8846 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8847 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8849 case DW_AT_visibility:
8850 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8852 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8853 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8861 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8864 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8868 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8870 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8871 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8873 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8875 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8877 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8878 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8880 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8881 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8882 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8883 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8884 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8885 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8886 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8887 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8888 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8889 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8890 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8891 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8892 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8893 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8894 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8895 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8896 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8897 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8898 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8899 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8900 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8901 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8902 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8903 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8904 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8905 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8906 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8907 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8908 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8909 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8910 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8911 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8912 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8913 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8914 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8915 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8916 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8917 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8918 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8919 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8920 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8921 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8922 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8923 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8924 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8925 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8926 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8928 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8931 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8934 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8935 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8936 && name_attr != NULL)
8938 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8939 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8940 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8944 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8945 if (c->die_mark == 0)
8947 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8949 } while (c != die->die_child);
8951 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8955 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8956 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8957 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8958 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8960 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8961 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8962 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8963 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8964 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8965 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8966 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8969 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8973 unsigned char checksum[16];
8977 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8978 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8980 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8981 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8982 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8984 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8986 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8988 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8989 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8990 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8992 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8993 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8994 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8996 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8999 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
9001 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
9003 die->die_mark = mark;
9005 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9006 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
9007 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
9009 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
9010 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
9011 unmark_all_dies (die);
9012 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9014 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
9015 type node together. */
9016 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
9017 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
9018 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
9019 type_node->type_die = die;
9021 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
9024 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
9027 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
9029 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
9031 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
9032 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
9033 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
9036 /* Do the values look the same? */
9038 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
9040 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
9043 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
9046 switch (v1->val_class)
9048 case dw_val_class_const:
9049 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
9050 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9051 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
9052 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9053 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
9054 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
9055 case dw_val_class_vec:
9056 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
9057 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
9059 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
9060 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
9063 case dw_val_class_flag:
9064 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
9065 case dw_val_class_str:
9066 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
9068 case dw_val_class_addr:
9069 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
9070 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
9071 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
9073 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
9075 case dw_val_class_offset:
9076 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
9078 case dw_val_class_loc:
9079 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
9081 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
9082 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
9084 return !loc1 && !loc2;
9086 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9087 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
9089 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9090 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9091 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9092 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9095 case dw_val_class_file:
9096 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
9098 case dw_val_class_data8:
9099 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
9106 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
9109 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
9111 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
9114 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
9115 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
9116 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
9119 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
9122 /* Do the dies look the same? */
9125 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
9131 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9133 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
9134 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
9136 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
9139 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
9140 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
9143 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
9144 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
9147 c1 = die1->die_child;
9148 c2 = die2->die_child;
9157 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
9161 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
9163 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
9173 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
9176 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
9179 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
9181 unmark_all_dies (die1);
9182 unmark_all_dies (die2);
9187 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
9189 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
9191 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
9192 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
9194 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
9195 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
9198 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
9200 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
9201 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
9202 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
9205 unsigned char checksum[16];
9208 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
9209 the name filename of the unit. */
9211 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
9213 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
9214 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
9215 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9217 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
9218 clean_symbol_name (name);
9220 p = name + strlen (name);
9221 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
9223 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
9227 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
9228 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
9231 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9234 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
9236 switch (die->die_tag)
9238 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9239 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9240 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9241 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9242 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9243 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9244 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9245 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9246 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9247 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9248 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9249 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9250 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9251 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9252 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9253 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9254 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9255 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9256 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9257 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9264 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9265 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9266 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9267 compilations (functions). */
9270 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
9272 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9273 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9274 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9275 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9277 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9280 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9281 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9282 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9283 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9284 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9286 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9288 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9291 return is_type_die (c);
9294 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9295 compilation unit. */
9298 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9300 return (is_type_die (c)
9301 || is_declaration_die (c)
9302 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9303 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9307 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9311 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9312 return xstrdup (buf);
9315 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9318 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9322 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9324 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9326 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9328 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9329 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9330 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9333 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9336 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9339 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9342 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9343 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9346 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9348 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9350 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9351 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9353 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9357 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9359 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9360 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9361 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9363 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9367 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9369 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9370 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9380 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9383 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9385 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9386 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9388 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9390 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9391 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9395 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9397 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9403 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9407 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9409 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9410 entry->next = *slot;
9416 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9418 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9420 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9422 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9423 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9427 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9430 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9431 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9432 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9435 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9438 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9439 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9440 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9444 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9446 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9447 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9449 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9451 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9452 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9454 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9455 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9456 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9457 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9459 add_child_die (unit, c);
9461 if (c == die->die_child)
9464 } while (c != die->die_child);
9467 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9468 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9472 assign_symbol_names (die);
9473 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9474 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9480 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9481 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9482 &comdat_symbol_number);
9483 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9485 *pnode = node->next;
9488 pnode = &node->next;
9489 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9490 comdat_symbol_number);
9493 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9496 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9499 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9504 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9505 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9511 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9512 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9515 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9517 switch (die->die_tag)
9519 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9520 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9521 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9522 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9523 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9524 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9527 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9528 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9529 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9530 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9531 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9532 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9533 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9534 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9535 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9536 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9537 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9538 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9539 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9540 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9541 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9542 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9548 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9551 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9557 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9558 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9560 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9561 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9566 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9569 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9572 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9574 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9579 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9582 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9589 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9590 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9591 return clone_die (die);
9593 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9594 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9596 return clone_die (decl);
9598 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9599 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9601 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9603 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9604 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9605 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9609 case DW_AT_artificial:
9610 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9611 case DW_AT_external:
9614 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9615 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
9616 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9617 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9619 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9625 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9626 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9628 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9632 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9633 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9634 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9635 attached to the specification. */
9638 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9641 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9643 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9652 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9653 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9654 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9656 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9658 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9660 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9661 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9662 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9663 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9666 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9669 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9670 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9671 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9673 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9674 if (new_decl != NULL)
9676 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9677 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9682 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9683 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9686 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9688 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9691 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9693 if (node->parent != NULL)
9695 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9696 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9700 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9701 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9702 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9705 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9707 skeleton_chain_node node;
9710 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9711 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9713 node.parent = parent;
9715 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9719 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9722 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9724 node.new_die = NULL;
9725 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9727 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9728 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9729 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9730 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9731 move_all_children (c, clone);
9733 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9734 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9735 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9739 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9740 } while (next != NULL);
9743 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9746 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9748 skeleton_chain_node node;
9751 node.new_die = NULL;
9754 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9755 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9756 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9757 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9759 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9760 return node.new_die;
9763 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9764 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9765 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9766 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9767 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9768 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9771 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9773 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9775 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9776 if (skeleton == NULL)
9777 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9780 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9781 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9787 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9788 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9791 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9795 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9796 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9797 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9799 first = c = die->die_child;
9803 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9806 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9807 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9809 dw_die_ref replacement;
9810 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9812 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9813 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9814 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9815 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9816 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9817 type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9818 type_node->root_die = unit;
9819 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9820 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9822 /* Generate the type signature. */
9823 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9825 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9826 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9827 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9829 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9830 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9832 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9833 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9835 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9836 add_child_die (unit, c);
9838 if (replacement != NULL)
9841 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9842 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9843 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9844 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9846 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9847 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9849 } while (next != NULL);
9852 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9854 struct decl_table_entry
9860 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9863 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9865 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9866 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9868 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9872 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9874 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9875 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9876 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9878 return entry1->orig == entry2;
9882 htab_decl_del (void *what)
9884 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9889 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9890 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9891 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9892 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9895 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9897 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9898 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9901 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9905 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9906 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9907 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9908 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9910 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9914 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9915 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9923 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9926 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9927 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9928 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9931 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9932 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9934 if (decl_table != NULL)
9936 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9938 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9945 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9946 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9950 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9956 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9958 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9960 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9961 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9963 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9965 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9968 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9969 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9971 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9973 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9974 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9975 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9976 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9980 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9981 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9983 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9987 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9988 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9989 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9990 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9991 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9996 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9997 into the new type unit. */
9998 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9999 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
10000 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
10001 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
10004 add_child_die (parent, copy);
10005 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
10007 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
10008 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
10009 get visited otherwise. */
10010 if (parent != unit)
10011 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
10016 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
10019 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
10020 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
10021 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
10022 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
10023 don't have an external reference. */
10026 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
10031 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
10032 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
10033 htab_delete (decl_table);
10034 unmark_dies (unit);
10037 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
10038 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
10039 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
10042 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
10046 if (! die->die_child)
10049 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
10050 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
10052 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
10055 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
10058 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
10064 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10065 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
10066 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
10068 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
10071 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
10072 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
10073 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
10074 die are visited recursively. */
10077 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
10079 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10080 unsigned int n_alloc;
10085 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
10086 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
10087 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10088 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
10089 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
10091 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
10092 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
10095 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10097 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10098 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
10102 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
10104 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
10107 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
10108 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
10111 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
10113 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
10114 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
10115 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
10125 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
10127 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
10129 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10130 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
10133 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
10134 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10135 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
10138 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
10139 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
10142 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
10143 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
10146 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
10149 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
10156 log = floor_log2 (value);
10159 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
10164 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
10165 .debug_info section. */
10167 static unsigned long
10168 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
10170 unsigned long size = 0;
10174 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
10175 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10177 switch (AT_class (a))
10179 case dw_val_class_addr:
10180 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10182 case dw_val_class_offset:
10183 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10185 case dw_val_class_loc:
10187 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10189 /* Block length. */
10190 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10191 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
10193 size += constant_size (lsize);
10197 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10198 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10200 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10201 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10203 case dw_val_class_const:
10204 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
10206 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10207 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
10209 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10210 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
10211 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10212 size++; /* block */
10214 case dw_val_class_vec:
10215 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10216 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
10217 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10218 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
10220 case dw_val_class_flag:
10221 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10222 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10223 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10224 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10225 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10226 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10227 the same abbrev entry. */
10228 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10232 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10233 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10235 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
10236 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10237 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10238 it's always sized as an offset. */
10239 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10240 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
10241 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
10242 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10244 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10247 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10249 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10250 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10252 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10253 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10255 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10256 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10257 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10259 case dw_val_class_str:
10260 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10261 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10263 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
10265 case dw_val_class_file:
10266 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
10268 case dw_val_class_data8:
10272 gcc_unreachable ();
10279 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10280 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10281 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10282 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10285 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10289 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10290 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10292 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10294 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10295 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10296 next_die_offset += 1;
10299 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10300 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10301 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10302 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10305 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10309 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10312 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10315 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10318 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10322 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10323 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10326 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10329 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10332 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10338 if (!die->die_mark)
10342 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10344 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10345 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10346 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10349 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10350 generated for the compilation unit. */
10352 static unsigned long
10353 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10355 unsigned long size;
10359 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10360 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10361 if (names != pubtype_table
10362 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10363 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10364 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10366 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10370 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10372 static unsigned long
10373 size_of_aranges (void)
10375 unsigned long size;
10377 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10379 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10380 if (text_section_used)
10381 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10382 if (cold_text_section_used)
10383 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10384 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10386 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10387 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10391 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10393 static enum dwarf_form
10394 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10396 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10398 case dw_val_class_addr:
10399 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10400 switch (a->dw_attr)
10403 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10404 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10405 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10406 return DW_FORM_addr;
10410 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10413 return DW_FORM_data1;
10415 return DW_FORM_data2;
10417 return DW_FORM_data4;
10419 return DW_FORM_data8;
10421 gcc_unreachable ();
10423 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10424 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10425 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10426 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
10428 case dw_val_class_offset:
10429 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10432 return DW_FORM_data4;
10434 return DW_FORM_data8;
10436 gcc_unreachable ();
10438 case dw_val_class_loc:
10439 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10440 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
10441 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10444 return DW_FORM_block1;
10446 return DW_FORM_block2;
10448 gcc_unreachable ();
10450 case dw_val_class_const:
10451 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10452 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10453 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10456 return DW_FORM_data1;
10458 return DW_FORM_data2;
10460 return DW_FORM_data4;
10462 return DW_FORM_data8;
10464 gcc_unreachable ();
10466 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10467 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10470 return DW_FORM_data2;
10472 return DW_FORM_data4;
10474 return DW_FORM_data8;
10477 return DW_FORM_block1;
10479 case dw_val_class_vec:
10480 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10481 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10484 return DW_FORM_block1;
10486 return DW_FORM_block2;
10488 return DW_FORM_block4;
10490 gcc_unreachable ();
10492 case dw_val_class_flag:
10493 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10495 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10496 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10497 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10498 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10499 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10500 the same abbrev entry. */
10501 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10502 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
10504 return DW_FORM_flag;
10505 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10506 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10507 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10509 return DW_FORM_ref;
10510 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10511 return DW_FORM_data;
10512 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10513 return DW_FORM_addr;
10514 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10515 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10516 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
10517 case dw_val_class_str:
10518 return AT_string_form (a);
10519 case dw_val_class_file:
10520 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10523 return DW_FORM_data1;
10525 return DW_FORM_data2;
10527 return DW_FORM_data4;
10529 gcc_unreachable ();
10532 case dw_val_class_data8:
10533 return DW_FORM_data8;
10536 gcc_unreachable ();
10540 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10543 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10545 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10547 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10550 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10554 output_abbrev_section (void)
10556 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10558 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10560 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10562 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10564 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10565 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10566 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10568 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10569 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10571 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10573 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10576 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10577 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10578 output_value_format (a_attr);
10581 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10582 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10585 /* Terminate the table. */
10586 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10589 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10592 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10594 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10599 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10600 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10601 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10603 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10605 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10608 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10611 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10612 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10613 const char *section)
10615 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10617 retlist->begin = begin;
10618 retlist->end = end;
10619 retlist->expr = expr;
10620 retlist->section = section;
10625 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10626 hasn't got one yet. */
10629 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10631 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10632 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10635 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10638 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10640 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10642 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10644 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10645 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10647 unsigned long size;
10648 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10649 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10651 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10653 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10654 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10655 list_head->ll_symbol);
10656 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10657 "Location list end address (%s)",
10658 list_head->ll_symbol);
10662 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10663 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10664 list_head->ll_symbol);
10665 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10666 "Location list end address (%s)",
10667 list_head->ll_symbol);
10669 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10671 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10672 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10673 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10675 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10678 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10679 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10680 list_head->ll_symbol);
10681 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10682 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10683 list_head->ll_symbol);
10686 /* Output a type signature. */
10689 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10693 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10694 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10697 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10698 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10701 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10705 unsigned long size;
10708 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10709 them to point to. */
10710 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10711 output_die_symbol (die);
10713 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10714 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10715 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10717 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10719 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10721 switch (AT_class (a))
10723 case dw_val_class_addr:
10724 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10727 case dw_val_class_offset:
10728 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10732 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10734 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10736 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10737 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10738 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10739 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10744 case dw_val_class_loc:
10745 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10747 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10748 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10749 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
10751 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10753 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10756 case dw_val_class_const:
10757 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10758 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10759 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10760 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10763 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10764 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10765 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10768 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10770 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10772 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10773 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10774 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10775 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10778 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10780 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10781 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10785 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10786 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10789 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10791 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10796 case dw_val_class_vec:
10798 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10799 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10803 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10804 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10805 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10810 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10812 i++, p += elt_size)
10813 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10814 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10818 case dw_val_class_flag:
10819 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10821 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10822 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10823 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10824 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10825 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10826 the same abbrev entry. */
10827 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
10828 if (flag_debug_asm)
10829 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10830 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
10833 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10836 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10838 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10841 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10846 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10847 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10849 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10851 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10852 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10854 gcc_assert (type_node);
10855 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10859 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10863 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10864 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10866 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10867 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10869 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10870 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10876 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10877 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10882 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10886 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10887 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10888 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10893 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10894 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10897 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10898 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10899 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10902 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10903 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10904 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10907 case dw_val_class_str:
10908 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10909 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10910 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10912 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10914 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10917 case dw_val_class_file:
10919 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10921 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10922 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10926 case dw_val_class_data8:
10930 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10931 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10932 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10937 gcc_unreachable ();
10941 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10943 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10944 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
10946 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10949 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10950 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10953 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10955 int ver = dwarf_version;
10957 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10958 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10959 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10960 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10961 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10962 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10963 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10964 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10965 debug_abbrev_section,
10966 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10967 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10970 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10973 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10975 const char *secname;
10976 char *oldsym, *tmp;
10978 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10979 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10982 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10983 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10984 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10985 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10986 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10989 build_abbrev_table (die);
10991 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10992 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10993 calc_die_sizes (die);
10995 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10998 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
11000 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
11002 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
11003 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
11006 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
11008 /* Output debugging information. */
11009 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11012 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11013 output_pubnames. */
11017 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
11021 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11024 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
11026 const char *secname;
11029 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11033 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11034 mark_dies (node->root_die);
11036 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
11038 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11039 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
11040 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
11042 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11043 secname = ".debug_types";
11044 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
11045 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
11046 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
11047 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
11048 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
11049 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
11050 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
11053 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
11054 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
11055 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
11056 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
11058 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
11061 /* Output debugging information. */
11062 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11063 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
11064 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
11065 "Offset to Type DIE");
11066 output_die (node->root_die);
11068 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
11071 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11073 static const char *
11074 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
11076 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
11079 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11082 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
11087 e.name = xstrdup (str);
11088 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
11092 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11094 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11096 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
11098 add_pubname_string (name, die);
11102 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11105 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11110 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
11111 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
11112 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
11117 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
11119 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11120 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
11121 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
11122 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
11123 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
11125 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
11130 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
11132 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
11135 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11136 it to the table. */
11137 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
11138 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
11142 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11143 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11146 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
11149 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
11152 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11153 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11154 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11155 if (names == pubname_table)
11156 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
11157 "Length of Public Names Info");
11159 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
11160 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
11161 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11162 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11163 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11164 debug_info_section,
11165 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11166 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
11167 "Compilation Unit Length");
11169 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
11171 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11172 if (names == pubname_table)
11173 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
11175 if (names != pubtype_table
11176 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
11177 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
11179 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
11182 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
11186 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11189 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
11192 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11194 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
11197 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
11199 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11200 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
11201 arange_table_allocated);
11202 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
11203 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11206 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
11209 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11210 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11211 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11214 output_aranges (void)
11217 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
11219 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11220 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11221 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11222 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
11223 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11224 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11225 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11226 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11227 debug_info_section,
11228 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11229 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
11230 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11232 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11233 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
11235 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11237 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11238 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11239 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
11240 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
11243 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11244 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11245 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11246 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11247 confused with the terminator. */
11248 if (text_section_used)
11250 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
11251 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
11252 text_section_label, "Length");
11254 if (cold_text_section_used)
11256 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
11258 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
11259 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
11262 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
11264 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
11266 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11267 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
11269 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11271 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
11273 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
11274 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
11278 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11279 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11280 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11281 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
11282 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
11284 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
11287 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
11289 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11290 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
11291 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11292 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
11297 /* Output the terminator words. */
11298 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11299 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11302 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11305 static unsigned int
11306 add_ranges_num (int num)
11308 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11310 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11312 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11313 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11314 ranges_table_allocated);
11315 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11316 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11319 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11320 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11322 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11325 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11326 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11328 static unsigned int
11329 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11331 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11334 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11338 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11341 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11342 unsigned int offset;
11344 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11346 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11347 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11349 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11350 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11351 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11352 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11355 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11356 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11357 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11359 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11362 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11368 output_ranges (void)
11371 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset %#x";
11372 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11374 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11376 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11380 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11381 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11383 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11384 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11386 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11387 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11388 base of the text section. */
11389 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11391 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11392 text_section_label,
11393 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11394 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11395 text_section_label, NULL);
11398 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11399 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11400 about whether the target supports cross-section
11404 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11405 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11406 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11412 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11413 else if (block_num < 0)
11415 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11417 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11419 gcc_unreachable ();
11421 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11422 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11423 the #if 0 above. */
11424 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11425 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11426 text_section_label,
11427 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11428 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11429 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11430 text_section_label, NULL);
11435 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11436 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11437 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11438 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11439 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11445 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11446 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11452 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11455 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11456 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11457 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11458 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11459 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11462 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11466 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11467 int length; /* Path length. */
11468 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11469 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11470 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11473 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11474 the directories in the path. */
11477 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11479 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11480 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11481 const unsigned char *cp1;
11482 const unsigned char *cp2;
11484 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11485 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11486 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11487 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11488 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11489 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11490 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11492 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11493 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11499 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11500 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11501 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11502 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11503 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11505 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11506 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11507 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11511 struct file_name_acquire_data
11513 struct file_info *files;
11518 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11521 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11523 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11524 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11525 struct file_info *fi;
11528 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11530 if (! d->emitted_number)
11533 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11535 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11537 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11539 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11542 /* Create a new array entry. */
11544 fi->length = strlen (f);
11547 /* Search for the file name part. */
11548 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11549 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11551 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11555 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11561 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11565 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11566 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11567 slowdowns with many input files. */
11570 output_file_names (void)
11572 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11574 struct file_info *files;
11575 struct dir_info *dirs;
11583 if (!last_emitted_file)
11585 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11586 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11590 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11592 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11593 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11594 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11596 fnad.files = files;
11597 fnad.used_files = 0;
11598 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11599 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11600 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11602 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11604 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11605 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11606 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11607 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11609 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11610 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11613 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11614 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11615 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11616 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11618 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11619 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11620 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11626 /* This is a new directory. */
11627 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11628 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11629 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11630 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11631 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11633 /* Search for a prefix. */
11634 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11635 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11636 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11637 && dirs[j].length > 1
11638 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11639 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11640 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11641 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11646 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11647 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11648 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11649 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11650 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11651 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11652 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11653 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11655 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11656 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11661 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11662 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11663 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11664 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11666 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11669 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11671 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11675 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11676 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11677 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11681 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11682 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11684 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11685 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11690 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11692 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11694 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11695 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11696 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11698 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11699 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11701 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11702 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11707 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11708 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11709 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11710 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11712 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11713 "Directory Entry: %#x", i + idx_offset);
11715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11717 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11718 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11719 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11720 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11721 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11722 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11724 /* Now write all the file names. */
11725 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11727 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11728 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11730 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11731 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11733 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11734 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11739 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11740 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11741 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11742 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11744 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11745 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11746 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11748 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11749 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11751 /* Include directory index. */
11752 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11754 /* Modification time. */
11755 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11756 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11760 /* File length in bytes. */
11761 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11762 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11766 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11767 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11769 /* Include directory index. */
11770 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11772 /* Modification time. */
11773 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11775 /* File length in bytes. */
11776 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11780 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11784 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11785 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11788 output_line_info (void)
11790 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11791 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11792 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11794 unsigned n_op_args;
11795 unsigned long lt_index;
11796 unsigned long current_line;
11799 unsigned long current_file;
11800 unsigned long function;
11801 int ver = dwarf_version;
11803 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11804 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11805 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11806 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11808 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11809 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11810 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11811 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11812 "Length of Source Line Info");
11813 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11815 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11816 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11817 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11819 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11820 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11821 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11822 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11823 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11824 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11825 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11826 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11828 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11831 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
11832 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
11833 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11834 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11835 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11836 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11837 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11838 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11839 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11840 "Special Opcode Base");
11842 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11846 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11847 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11848 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11849 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11850 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11858 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
11862 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11863 output_file_names ();
11864 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11866 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11867 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11868 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11870 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11871 a series of state machine operations. */
11875 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11876 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11878 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11879 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11881 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11884 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11885 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11888 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11889 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11890 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11891 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11892 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11896 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11898 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11899 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11900 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11901 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11902 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11903 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11905 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11908 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11909 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11910 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11911 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11915 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11916 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11917 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11918 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11919 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11920 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11923 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11925 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11926 different from the previous line. */
11927 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11929 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11930 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11931 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11934 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11935 that uses the least amount of space. */
11936 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11938 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11939 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11940 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11941 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11942 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11943 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11946 "line %lu", current_line);
11949 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11950 depending on the value being encoded. */
11951 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11952 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11953 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11958 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11962 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11965 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11966 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11967 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11971 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11972 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11973 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11974 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11978 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11979 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11984 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11986 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11987 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11990 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11991 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11992 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11993 && line_info->function == function)
11997 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11998 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11999 to handle it differently. */
12000 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12002 if (function != line_info->function)
12004 function = line_info->function;
12006 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
12007 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12008 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12009 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12010 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12014 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
12017 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12018 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12019 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12023 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12024 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12025 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12026 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12030 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
12032 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12033 different from the previous line. */
12034 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
12036 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
12037 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12038 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
12041 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12042 that uses the least amount of space. */
12043 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
12045 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
12046 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
12047 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
12048 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
12049 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
12050 "line %lu", current_line);
12053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
12054 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
12055 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
12056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12060 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12068 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
12069 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
12070 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
12075 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12076 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
12079 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12080 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12081 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12085 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12086 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12087 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12088 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12091 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
12092 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12093 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
12094 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
12098 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12099 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
12102 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
12104 static unsigned long
12105 size_of_dcall_table (void)
12107 unsigned long size;
12110 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
12112 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
12113 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
12115 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
12116 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
12118 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
12119 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12120 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
12122 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
12123 gcc_assert (poc_die);
12124 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
12126 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
12127 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
12129 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
12135 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12136 identical function have been merged. */
12139 output_dcall_table (void)
12142 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
12144 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12145 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
12147 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
12148 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12149 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12150 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
12151 "Length of Direct Call Table");
12152 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12153 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
12154 debug_info_section,
12155 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
12156 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12158 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
12160 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12161 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
12163 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
12164 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
12167 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
12168 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
12169 "Caller DIE offset");
12172 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
12173 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
12174 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
12175 "Callee DIE offset");
12179 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
12181 static unsigned long
12182 size_of_vcall_table (void)
12184 unsigned long size;
12188 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
12191 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
12192 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
12193 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
12198 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12199 identical function have been merged. */
12202 output_vcall_table (void)
12205 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
12207 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12209 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
12210 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12211 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12212 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
12213 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
12214 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12215 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12217 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
12219 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
12220 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
12221 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
12225 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12226 a DIE that describes the given type.
12228 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12229 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12232 base_type_die (tree type)
12234 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
12235 enum dwarf_type encoding;
12237 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
12240 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12241 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12242 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
12243 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12245 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12248 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
12250 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12251 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
12253 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
12255 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12256 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
12258 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
12262 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
12264 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
12265 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
12267 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12270 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
12273 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12274 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
12275 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12276 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12277 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
12279 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
12282 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12283 a user defined type for it. */
12285 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
12286 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
12288 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12292 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12293 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
12297 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12298 gcc_unreachable ();
12301 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12303 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12304 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12305 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12307 return base_type_result;
12310 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12311 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12314 is_base_type (tree type)
12316 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12322 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12330 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12331 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12332 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12335 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12342 gcc_unreachable ();
12348 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12349 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12350 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12351 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12352 ERROR_MARK node. */
12354 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12355 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12357 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12358 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12359 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12361 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12362 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12364 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12367 /* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
12369 static inline double_int
12370 double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12372 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12373 return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD);
12374 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12375 return double_int_zero;
12376 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST)
12377 return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type));
12379 return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type));
12382 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12383 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12386 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12388 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12389 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12391 if (context_die == NULL)
12392 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12394 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12396 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12398 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12399 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12400 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12404 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12406 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12408 return subrange_die;
12411 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12412 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12415 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12416 dw_die_ref context_die)
12418 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12419 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12420 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12421 tree item_type = NULL;
12422 tree qualified_type;
12423 tree name, low, high;
12425 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12428 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12431 = get_qualified_type (type,
12432 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12433 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12435 if (qualified_type == sizetype
12436 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
12437 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL)
12439 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12440 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12442 && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12443 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type)
12444 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12445 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type));
12447 qualified_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type));
12450 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12451 if (qualified_type)
12453 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12455 return mod_type_die;
12458 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12460 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12461 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
12462 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
12464 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12466 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12468 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12469 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12470 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12472 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12473 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12474 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12475 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12476 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12477 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12478 type to which it refers. */
12479 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12480 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12482 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12487 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12488 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12490 else if (is_volatile_type)
12492 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12493 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12495 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12497 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12498 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12499 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12500 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12501 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12502 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12503 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12505 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12507 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
12508 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die,
12511 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12512 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12513 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12514 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12515 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12516 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12517 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12519 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12520 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12521 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12523 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12524 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12526 else if (is_base_type (type))
12527 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12530 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12532 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12533 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12534 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12535 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12536 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12538 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12539 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12541 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12542 not the main variant. */
12543 return lookup_type_die (type);
12546 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12547 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12548 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12549 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12550 if the base type already has the same name. */
12552 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12553 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12554 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12555 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12556 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12557 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12559 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12560 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12561 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12562 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12563 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12564 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12566 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12567 else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
12568 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, "__unknown__");
12570 if (qualified_type)
12571 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12574 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12575 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12576 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12577 types are possible in Ada. */
12578 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12579 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12580 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12583 if (sub_die != NULL)
12584 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12586 return mod_type_die;
12589 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12590 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12591 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12594 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12598 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12600 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12604 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12605 else if (DECL_P (t))
12606 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12610 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12612 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12613 or function. End of story. */
12616 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12617 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12618 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12620 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12622 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12623 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12624 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12625 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12627 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12629 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12630 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12631 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12632 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12633 an argument pack. */
12634 if (arg_pack_elems)
12635 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12639 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12640 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12645 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12646 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12647 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12648 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12649 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12651 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12652 as a child node. */
12655 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12657 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12659 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12660 const char *name = NULL;
12662 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12665 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12666 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12667 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12669 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12670 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12671 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12672 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12673 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12674 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12675 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12676 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12677 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12678 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12679 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12680 name of the template template argument. */
12681 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12684 gcc_unreachable ();
12690 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12691 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12692 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12693 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12697 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12699 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12702 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12704 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12705 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12706 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12707 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12708 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12709 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12710 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12711 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12716 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12717 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12718 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12720 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12721 to the name of the argument. */
12722 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12724 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12727 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12728 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12729 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12730 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12732 We must be careful here:
12733 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12734 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12735 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12736 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12737 emitted after cgraph computations.
12738 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12739 after cgraph is ready. */
12740 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12746 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12747 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12748 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12751 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12752 tree parm_pack_args,
12753 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12758 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12760 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12761 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12762 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12763 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12764 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12765 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12770 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12771 an enumerated type. */
12774 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12776 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12779 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12781 static unsigned int
12782 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12784 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12786 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12788 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12789 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12791 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12792 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12793 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12797 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12800 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12801 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12802 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12805 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12807 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12809 if (*list_head != NULL)
12811 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12812 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12815 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12816 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12820 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12821 zero if there is none. */
12823 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12824 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12828 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12831 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12833 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12834 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12836 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12839 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12840 a given hard register number. */
12842 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12843 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12845 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12849 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12851 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12853 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12854 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12856 return reg_loc_descr;
12859 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12860 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12862 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12863 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12864 enum var_init_status initialized)
12866 int nregs, size, i;
12868 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12871 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12872 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12874 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12875 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12876 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12879 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12880 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12882 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12883 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12885 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12890 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12892 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12893 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12894 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12895 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12901 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12903 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12905 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12908 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12910 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12912 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12913 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12914 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12915 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12916 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12919 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12920 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12924 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12926 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12928 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12930 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12931 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12933 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12935 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12936 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12940 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12941 else if (i <= 0xff)
12942 op = DW_OP_const1u;
12943 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12944 op = DW_OP_const2u;
12945 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12946 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12947 op = DW_OP_const4u;
12954 op = DW_OP_const1s;
12955 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12956 op = DW_OP_const2s;
12957 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12958 || i >= -0x80000000)
12959 op = DW_OP_const4s;
12964 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12968 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12969 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12970 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12972 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12973 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12976 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12978 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12985 else if (i <= 0xff)
12987 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12989 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12990 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12993 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12999 else if (i >= -0x8000)
13001 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
13002 || i >= -0x80000000)
13005 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
13007 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
13008 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
13009 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
13010 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
13011 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
13012 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
13014 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
13015 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13016 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13020 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13022 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
13023 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
13027 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
13029 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13030 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
13031 enum var_init_status initialized)
13033 unsigned int regno;
13034 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
13035 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
13037 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13038 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13039 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13040 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
13041 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
13043 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
13047 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
13049 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
13050 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
13052 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
13053 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13054 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
13055 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
13056 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13057 : stack_pointer_rtx));
13059 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
13060 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
13061 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
13062 access stack variables. */
13063 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
13064 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
13067 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
13068 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
13069 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
13070 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
13073 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
13074 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
13079 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
13080 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
13082 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
13083 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
13084 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
13085 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
13086 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
13087 else in other part of the routine. */
13088 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
13091 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
13093 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
13096 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
13098 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13099 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13104 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
13107 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
13109 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
13110 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13111 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
13112 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
13115 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
13118 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13119 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
13122 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
13124 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
13127 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
13129 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
13130 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
13133 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
13134 if (loc_result == NULL)
13137 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
13138 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
13143 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
13147 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
13149 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
13151 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
13153 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
13156 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
13157 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
13159 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
13163 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
13164 or via for_each_rtx. */
13167 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13171 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
13173 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
13174 we can't express it in the debug info. */
13175 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13176 inform (current_function_decl
13177 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
13178 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
13179 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
13182 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13183 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
13187 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
13190 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
13193 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
13194 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13195 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
13198 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13199 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13204 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13207 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
13208 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
13209 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
13210 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
13211 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
13212 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
13214 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
13216 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
13218 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13219 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
13227 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
13228 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
13229 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
13232 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
13234 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
13235 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
13237 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
13238 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
13243 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
13244 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
13245 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
13246 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
13248 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
13249 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
13250 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
13251 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
13253 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
13254 autoincrement addressing modes.
13256 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
13257 location list for RTL.
13259 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13261 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13262 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13263 enum var_init_status initialized)
13265 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
13266 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13267 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
13269 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13270 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13271 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13272 zeroth element of the array. */
13274 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
13276 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13281 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13284 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13285 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13286 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13287 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13288 contains the given subreg. */
13289 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
13291 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
13292 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13294 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
13296 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
13300 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13301 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13302 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13303 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13304 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13305 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13306 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13307 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13308 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13309 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13310 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13311 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13312 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13313 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13314 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13315 else if (stack_realign_drap
13317 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
13318 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13320 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13321 out, use DRAP instead. */
13322 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
13323 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13329 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13330 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13335 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13336 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13337 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13338 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
13342 mem_loc_result = op0;
13343 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13344 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13345 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13346 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13351 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13352 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13353 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13354 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13355 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
13357 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13359 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13362 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13363 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13365 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13366 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13367 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13371 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13372 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13373 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13378 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13380 /* ... fall through ... */
13383 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13384 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13388 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13389 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13391 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13393 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13394 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13397 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13398 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13399 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13400 temp->dtprel = true;
13402 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13403 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13408 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13412 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13413 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13414 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13415 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13421 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13422 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13426 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13427 PLUS code below. */
13428 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13433 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13435 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13436 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13437 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13438 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13440 /* ... fall through ... */
13444 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13445 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13446 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13447 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13450 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13451 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13452 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13455 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13456 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13459 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13460 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13461 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13462 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13464 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13465 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13466 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13471 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13472 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13514 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13515 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13516 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13517 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13519 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13522 mem_loc_result = op0;
13523 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13524 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13528 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13529 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13530 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13531 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13533 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13536 mem_loc_result = op0;
13537 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13538 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13539 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13540 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13541 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13542 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13558 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13559 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13564 mem_loc_result = op0;
13565 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13569 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13597 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13598 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13602 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13604 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13605 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13606 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13609 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13610 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13611 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13612 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13614 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13617 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13618 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13620 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13621 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13622 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13623 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13624 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13626 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13628 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13629 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13632 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13633 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13635 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13636 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13637 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13638 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13639 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13640 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13641 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13642 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13643 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13644 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13645 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13646 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13647 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13648 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13649 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13650 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13651 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13654 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13655 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13656 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13657 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13660 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13661 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13667 mem_loc_result = op0;
13668 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13669 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13670 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13672 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13673 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13674 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13695 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13696 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13700 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13702 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13703 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13704 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13707 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13708 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13709 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13710 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13712 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13715 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13716 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13718 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
13719 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13721 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13722 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13725 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13726 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13728 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13729 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
13730 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13731 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13732 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13733 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13735 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13736 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13738 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13739 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13740 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13741 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13742 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13743 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13745 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13746 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13751 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13752 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13753 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13754 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13755 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13756 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13758 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13768 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13769 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13770 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13773 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13774 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13775 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13776 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13778 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13781 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13782 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13783 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13784 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13786 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13788 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13789 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13790 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13791 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13792 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13796 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13797 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13798 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13799 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13802 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13804 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13805 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13806 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13807 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13808 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13809 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13810 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13813 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13817 mem_loc_result = op0;
13818 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13819 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13821 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13823 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13824 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13825 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13826 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13827 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13828 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13829 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13835 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13836 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13837 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13838 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13839 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13840 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13841 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13844 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13845 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13848 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13852 mem_loc_result = op0;
13853 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13854 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13855 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13856 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13858 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13860 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13861 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13863 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13865 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13867 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13868 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13869 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13879 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13880 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13907 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13909 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13912 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13913 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13915 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13927 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
13930 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13931 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13936 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13940 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13941 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13942 gcc_unreachable ();
13948 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13949 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13951 return mem_loc_result;
13954 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13955 This is typically a complex variable. */
13957 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13958 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13960 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13961 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13962 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13963 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13964 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13966 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13969 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13970 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13972 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13973 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13975 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13976 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13978 return cc_loc_result;
13981 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13984 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13985 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13988 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13989 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13991 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13993 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13994 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13996 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14000 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
14001 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
14004 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
14005 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
14007 return cc_loc_result;
14010 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
14011 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
14012 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
14013 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
14014 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
14016 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
14017 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
14018 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
14020 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
14022 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14023 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
14024 enum var_init_status initialized)
14026 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
14028 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
14031 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
14032 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
14033 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
14034 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
14035 contains the given subreg. */
14036 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
14040 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
14045 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
14049 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
14051 if (loc_result == NULL)
14052 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
14053 if (loc_result == NULL)
14055 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
14056 if (new_rtl != rtl)
14057 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
14062 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
14067 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
14072 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
14074 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
14075 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
14076 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
14077 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
14081 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
14086 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
14087 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
14088 enum machine_mode mode;
14091 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
14092 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
14093 VOIDmode, initialized);
14094 if (loc_result == NULL)
14096 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
14097 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
14098 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
14100 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
14102 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
14103 VOIDmode, initialized);
14106 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
14107 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
14108 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
14114 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
14115 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
14120 if (mode == VOIDmode)
14121 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14123 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14125 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
14127 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
14128 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
14129 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
14130 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
14131 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
14132 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
14133 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
14135 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
14136 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
14138 insert_float (rtl, array);
14139 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
14140 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
14141 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
14142 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
14146 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
14147 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
14148 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
14154 if (mode == VOIDmode)
14155 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14157 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14159 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
14160 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
14161 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
14165 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
14166 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
14168 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
14169 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14171 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14172 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
14174 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
14175 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
14178 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
14179 insert_double (val, p);
14184 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
14185 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14187 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14188 insert_float (elt, p);
14193 gcc_unreachable ();
14196 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
14197 length * elt_size, 0);
14198 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
14199 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
14200 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
14201 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
14206 if (mode == VOIDmode
14207 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
14208 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
14209 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
14211 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
14216 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14219 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14220 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14222 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14223 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14224 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14225 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14226 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
14231 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
14232 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14233 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14235 /* Value expression. */
14236 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
14238 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
14239 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14247 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
14248 address ranges where a given location is valid.
14249 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
14250 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
14251 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
14252 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
14254 static const char *
14255 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
14257 const char *secname;
14259 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
14261 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
14262 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14264 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
14266 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
14267 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14269 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
14270 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
14272 secname = text_section_label;
14277 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14280 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
14282 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
14283 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
14284 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
14287 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14290 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14291 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
14292 enum var_init_status initialized)
14294 int have_address = 0;
14295 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14296 enum machine_mode mode;
14298 if (want_address != 2)
14300 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
14302 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14304 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14305 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14306 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14307 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
14308 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14310 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14311 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
14316 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
14318 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
14322 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14329 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION)
14330 mode = DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc));
14332 mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
14333 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14340 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14341 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14343 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14345 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14346 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14349 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14352 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14353 if (want_address && !have_address)
14355 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14356 "Want address and only have value");
14360 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14361 if (!want_address && have_address)
14363 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14364 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14366 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14368 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14369 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14372 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14375 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14377 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14383 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
14384 if it is not possible. */
14386 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14387 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
14389 if ((bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 && offset == 0)
14390 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0);
14391 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
14392 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece, bitsize, offset);
14397 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14398 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
14400 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14401 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl, rtx loc)
14404 unsigned int padsize = 0;
14405 dw_loc_descr_ref descr, *descr_tail;
14406 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size;
14408 enum var_init_status initialized;
14410 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == NULL
14411 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
14414 decl_size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1);
14416 descr_tail = &descr;
14418 for (p = loc; p; p = XEXP (p, 1))
14420 unsigned int bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (p);
14421 rtx loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p);
14422 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr;
14423 dw_loc_descr_ref *tail, last = NULL;
14424 unsigned int opsize = 0;
14426 if (loc_note == NULL_RTX
14427 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note) == NULL_RTX)
14429 padsize += bitsize;
14432 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note);
14433 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note);
14434 cur_descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, 2, initialized);
14435 if (cur_descr == NULL)
14437 padsize += bitsize;
14441 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
14442 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
14443 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
14444 for (tail = &cur_descr; *tail != NULL;
14445 tail = &(*tail)->dw_loc_next)
14446 if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_piece)
14448 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned
14452 else if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bit_piece)
14454 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
14458 if (last != NULL && opsize != bitsize)
14460 padsize += bitsize;
14464 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
14465 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
14468 if (padsize > decl_size)
14470 decl_size -= padsize;
14471 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize, 0);
14472 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14474 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
14477 *descr_tail = cur_descr;
14479 if (bitsize > decl_size)
14481 decl_size -= bitsize;
14484 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
14485 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION
14486 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14488 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14489 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14490 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14494 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == CONST
14495 || GET_CODE (varloc) == SIGN_EXTEND
14496 || GET_CODE (varloc) == ZERO_EXTEND)
14497 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14498 else if (GET_CODE (varloc) == SUBREG)
14499 varloc = SUBREG_REG (varloc);
14504 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
14505 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
14506 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
14508 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14510 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
14511 = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (varloc)) * BITS_PER_UNIT;
14512 if (memsize != bitsize)
14514 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
14515 && (memsize > BITS_PER_WORD || bitsize > BITS_PER_WORD))
14517 if (memsize < bitsize)
14519 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
14520 offset = memsize - bitsize;
14524 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize, offset);
14525 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14527 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
14531 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
14533 if (descr != NULL && decl_size != 0)
14535 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size, 0);
14536 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14542 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14543 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14546 static dw_loc_list_ref
14547 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14549 const char *endname, *secname;
14551 enum var_init_status initialized;
14552 struct var_loc_node *node;
14553 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14554 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14555 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14556 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14558 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14559 actually construct the list of locations.
14560 The first location information is what is passed to the
14561 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14562 locations just get added on to that list.
14563 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14564 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14565 the range [current location start, next location start].
14566 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14567 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14569 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14571 for (node = loc_list->first; node; node = node->next)
14572 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST
14573 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc) != NULL_RTX)
14575 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
14577 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
14578 inside DWARF expressions. */
14579 if (want_address != 2)
14581 descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
14587 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
14588 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
14589 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14593 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14594 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14596 endname = node->next->label;
14597 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14598 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14599 else if (!current_function_decl)
14600 endname = text_end_label;
14603 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14604 current_function_funcdef_no);
14605 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14608 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14609 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14613 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14614 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14615 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14616 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14617 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14619 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14625 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14626 as location description. */
14629 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14631 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14632 return !list->ll_symbol;
14635 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14638 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14640 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14641 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14642 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14645 copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14646 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14647 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14648 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14650 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14651 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14652 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14655 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14659 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14660 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14661 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14662 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14664 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14665 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14666 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14667 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14671 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14680 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14682 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14685 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14687 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14691 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14692 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14693 " location lists.\n");
14698 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14699 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14701 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14702 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14704 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14705 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14706 enum machine_mode mode;
14708 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14713 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14715 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14716 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14718 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14720 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14721 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14724 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14725 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14726 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14729 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14730 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14731 into simple arithmetics. */
14733 static dw_loc_list_ref
14734 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14737 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14738 enum machine_mode mode;
14740 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14741 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14743 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14744 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14745 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14747 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14749 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14752 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14754 expansion_failed (obj,
14755 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14758 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14759 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14761 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14762 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14764 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14769 /* Variable offset. */
14770 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14771 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14773 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14776 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14777 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14779 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14781 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14782 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14784 else if (bytepos < 0)
14785 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14786 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14787 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14793 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14794 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14795 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14796 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14797 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14798 to refer to register values). */
14800 static dw_loc_list_ref
14801 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14803 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14804 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14805 int have_address = 0;
14806 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14808 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14809 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14812 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14815 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14818 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14819 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14820 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14821 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14822 the names of types. */
14823 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14827 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14828 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14831 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14832 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14833 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14834 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14835 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14836 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14840 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14841 e.g. for &this->field. */
14844 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14845 (loc, want_address == 2);
14848 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14849 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14852 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14853 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14854 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14858 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14864 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14867 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14868 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14869 bool dtprel = false;
14871 if (targetm.have_tls)
14873 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14875 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14878 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14879 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14881 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14883 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14885 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14889 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14890 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14892 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14893 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14894 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14897 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14898 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14903 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14904 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14907 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14908 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14909 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14910 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14912 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14913 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14921 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14922 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14927 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14930 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14932 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
14934 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
14935 have_address = want_address != 0;
14938 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14939 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14941 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14944 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14946 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14947 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14948 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14949 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14951 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14953 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14956 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14958 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14959 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14960 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14964 enum machine_mode mode;
14966 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14967 if (want_address == 2)
14969 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14970 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14975 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14978 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14981 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14984 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14985 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14991 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14992 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14993 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14997 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14998 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
15001 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
15004 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
15006 case COMPONENT_REF:
15007 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
15009 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
15010 case REALPART_EXPR:
15011 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
15014 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
15015 enum machine_mode mode;
15017 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
15019 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
15020 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
15022 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
15024 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
15026 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
15027 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
15028 for nonzero bitpos. */
15031 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
15033 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15034 "bitfield access");
15038 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
15040 /* Variable offset. */
15041 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
15042 if (list_ret1 == 0)
15044 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15047 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
15050 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15052 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
15053 else if (bytepos < 0)
15054 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
15061 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
15062 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
15064 else if (want_address == 2
15065 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
15066 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
15067 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
15068 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
15070 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
15071 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
15074 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15075 "Integer operand is not host integer");
15084 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
15087 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
15088 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15089 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
15092 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
15093 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
15098 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
15103 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
15104 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
15109 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
15110 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
15111 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
15112 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
15113 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
15122 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
15123 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
15124 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
15125 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
15126 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
15131 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15132 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15133 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
15136 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15139 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
15140 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
15141 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
15142 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
15143 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
15155 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
15158 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
15160 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
15162 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15166 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
15174 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15181 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15188 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15195 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15210 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15211 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15212 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
15215 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15218 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
15221 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
15235 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15239 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
15245 const enum tree_code code =
15246 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
15248 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
15249 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
15250 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
15251 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
15254 /* ... fall through ... */
15258 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
15259 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15260 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
15261 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
15262 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
15264 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15265 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
15268 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
15269 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
15271 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
15272 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
15273 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
15275 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
15276 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
15277 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
15279 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
15280 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
15281 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
15282 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
15283 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
15287 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
15291 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
15292 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
15293 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
15294 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
15296 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15297 "language specific tree node");
15301 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
15302 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
15303 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
15304 gcc_unreachable ();
15306 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
15307 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
15312 if (!ret && !list_ret)
15315 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
15316 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
15318 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
15320 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15321 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15325 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15327 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
15328 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15331 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
15332 if (want_address && !have_address)
15334 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15335 "Want address and only have value");
15339 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
15341 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
15342 if (!want_address && have_address)
15344 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
15346 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
15348 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15349 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15352 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
15355 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
15358 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
15360 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
15363 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
15368 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
15369 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15370 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
15372 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
15375 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
15377 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15378 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
15384 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
15385 which is not less than the value itself. */
15387 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15388 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
15390 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
15393 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
15394 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
15395 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
15396 ERROR_MARK node. */
15399 field_type (const_tree decl)
15403 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15404 return integer_type_node;
15406 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
15407 if (type == NULL_TREE)
15408 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15413 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
15414 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
15415 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
15417 static inline unsigned
15418 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
15420 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15423 static inline unsigned
15424 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
15426 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15429 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15431 static inline double_int
15432 round_up_to_align (double_int t, unsigned int align)
15434 double_int alignd = uhwi_to_double_int (align);
15435 t = double_int_add (t, alignd);
15436 t = double_int_add (t, double_int_minus_one);
15437 t = double_int_div (t, alignd, true, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR);
15438 t = double_int_mul (t, alignd);
15442 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15443 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15444 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15445 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15446 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15449 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15450 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
15452 double_int object_offset_in_bits;
15453 double_int object_offset_in_bytes;
15454 double_int bitpos_int;
15456 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15459 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15461 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15462 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15463 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15464 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl)) != INTEGER_CST)
15467 bitpos_int = tree_to_double_int (bit_position (decl));
15469 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15470 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
15473 tree field_size_tree;
15474 double_int deepest_bitpos;
15475 double_int field_size_in_bits;
15476 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
15477 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
15478 double_int type_size_in_bits;
15480 type = field_type (decl);
15481 type_size_in_bits = double_int_type_size_in_bits (type);
15482 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15484 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15486 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15487 a flexible array member. */
15488 if (!field_size_tree)
15489 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15491 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15492 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree) == INTEGER_CST)
15493 field_size_in_bits = tree_to_double_int (field_size_tree);
15495 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15497 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15499 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15500 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15501 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15502 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15503 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15504 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15505 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15506 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15507 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15509 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15511 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15512 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15513 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15514 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15515 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15516 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15517 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15518 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15519 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15520 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15521 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15523 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15524 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15525 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15526 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15527 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15528 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15529 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15530 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15531 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15532 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15535 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15536 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15537 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15538 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15539 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15540 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15541 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15543 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15544 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15545 deepest_bitpos = double_int_add (bitpos_int, field_size_in_bits);
15547 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15548 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15550 object_offset_in_bits
15551 = double_int_add (deepest_bitpos, double_int_neg (type_size_in_bits));
15553 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15555 object_offset_in_bits
15556 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15558 if (double_int_ucmp (object_offset_in_bits, bitpos_int) > 0)
15560 object_offset_in_bits
15561 = double_int_add (deepest_bitpos,
15562 double_int_neg (type_size_in_bits));
15564 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15565 object_offset_in_bits
15566 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15571 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15573 object_offset_in_bytes
15574 = double_int_div (object_offset_in_bits,
15575 uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_UNIT), true,
15577 return double_int_to_shwi (object_offset_in_bytes);
15580 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15581 associated with them. */
15583 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15585 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15586 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15587 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15590 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15591 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15595 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15596 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15598 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15601 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15602 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15603 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15604 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15605 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15606 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15609 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15610 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15611 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15612 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15613 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15614 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15615 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15616 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15617 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15618 function below.) */
15621 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15623 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15624 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15626 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15628 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15629 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15631 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15632 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15633 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15634 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15636 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15638 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15640 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15642 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15643 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15644 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15646 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15647 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15648 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15650 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15651 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15652 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15654 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15655 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15656 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15657 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15659 /* Extract the offset. */
15660 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15661 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15663 /* Add it to the object address. */
15664 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15665 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15668 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15671 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15675 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15677 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15678 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15683 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15685 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15686 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15687 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15689 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15690 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15691 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15695 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15698 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15702 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15705 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15708 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15712 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15718 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15720 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15721 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15723 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15729 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15735 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
15738 insert_double (double_int val, unsigned char *dest)
15740 unsigned char *p0 = dest;
15741 unsigned char *p1 = dest + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15743 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15749 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.low, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15750 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.high, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15753 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15756 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15758 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15762 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15763 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15765 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15766 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15768 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15773 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15774 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15775 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15776 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15777 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15780 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15782 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15786 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15789 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15791 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15796 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15797 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15798 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15801 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15803 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15805 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15806 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15808 insert_float (rtl, array);
15809 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15812 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15813 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15819 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15820 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15821 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15822 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15826 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15828 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15829 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15831 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15832 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
15834 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15835 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
15838 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15839 insert_double (val, p);
15844 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15845 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15847 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15848 insert_float (elt, p);
15853 gcc_unreachable ();
15856 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15861 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15863 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
15864 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15866 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15867 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15868 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15869 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15870 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
15871 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15877 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15878 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15881 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15884 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15889 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15890 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15891 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15892 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15893 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15894 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15895 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15896 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15897 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15898 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15899 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15907 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15908 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15909 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15911 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15917 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15918 gcc_unreachable ();
15923 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15924 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15927 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15928 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15930 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15931 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15933 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15934 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15936 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15937 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15938 be conservative. */
15939 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15940 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15942 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15944 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (*tp);
15945 if (!node || !node->needed)
15948 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15949 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15951 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15952 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15953 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15954 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15955 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15958 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15964 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15965 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15968 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15970 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15972 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15973 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15974 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15976 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15977 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15978 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15980 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15982 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15983 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15984 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15985 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15986 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15988 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15989 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15990 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15991 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15994 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15996 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15998 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15999 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
16000 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
16002 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
16003 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
16004 reference variables which won't be output. */
16005 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
16006 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
16008 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
16010 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
16011 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
16016 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
16018 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
16019 bool constant_p = true;
16021 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
16023 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
16024 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
16025 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
16026 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
16027 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
16029 constant_p = false;
16035 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
16045 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
16047 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
16048 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
16054 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
16057 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
16061 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
16062 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
16063 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
16065 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
16066 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
16067 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
16068 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
16069 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
16070 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
16071 referenced within the function.
16073 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
16074 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
16075 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
16076 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
16078 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
16079 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
16080 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
16081 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
16082 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
16083 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
16085 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
16086 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
16087 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
16088 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
16089 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
16090 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
16091 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
16092 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
16093 output at debug-time.
16095 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
16096 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
16097 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
16098 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16099 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16100 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
16101 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
16102 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
16103 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
16104 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
16105 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
16106 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
16107 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
16109 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
16110 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
16111 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
16112 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
16113 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
16114 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
16115 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
16116 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
16117 I'd like to fix it.
16119 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
16120 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
16121 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
16122 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
16123 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
16124 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
16125 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
16126 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
16127 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
16128 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
16129 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
16131 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
16132 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
16134 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
16135 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
16136 fixed registers. */
16137 if (! reload_completed)
16140 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
16142 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
16144 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16145 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
16147 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
16152 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
16154 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
16156 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
16157 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
16158 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
16159 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
16161 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
16162 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
16163 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
16164 if (dmode == pmode)
16165 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
16166 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
16167 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
16168 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
16170 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
16173 else if (MEM_P (inc))
16175 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16176 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
16177 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
16178 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
16185 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
16186 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
16187 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
16188 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
16189 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
16190 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
16192 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
16193 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
16194 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
16195 /* Not passed in memory. */
16196 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
16197 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
16198 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
16199 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16200 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
16201 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16202 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
16205 /* Big endian correction check. */
16206 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16207 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
16208 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
16211 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
16212 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
16214 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
16215 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
16218 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16221 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
16222 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16224 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
16225 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16227 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
16228 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
16229 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
16230 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
16231 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
16232 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
16234 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
16235 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
16238 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
16239 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
16240 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
16241 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16242 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
16245 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
16247 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
16248 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
16249 code, and thus is not emitted. */
16251 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
16253 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
16254 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
16256 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
16257 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16258 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
16259 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
16260 && DECL_NAME (decl)
16261 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
16262 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
16264 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
16266 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
16267 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
16274 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
16275 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
16276 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
16279 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
16281 tree val_expr, cvar;
16282 enum machine_mode mode;
16283 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
16285 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
16287 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
16288 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
16289 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
16290 be handled as such. */
16291 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16292 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
16293 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
16297 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
16298 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
16301 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
16302 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
16304 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
16305 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
16306 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
16307 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
16311 if (offset != NULL)
16313 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
16315 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
16318 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16323 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
16324 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
16325 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
16326 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
16327 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
16328 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
16329 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
16330 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
16331 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
16332 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
16335 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
16336 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
16339 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16340 var_loc_list *loc_list;
16342 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
16345 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
16346 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
16348 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
16351 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
16352 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
16353 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
16356 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
16357 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
16358 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
16359 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
16362 && loc_list->first->next == NULL
16363 && NOTE_P (loc_list->first->loc)
16364 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->loc)
16365 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->loc))
16367 struct var_loc_node *node;
16369 node = loc_list->first;
16370 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc);
16371 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
16372 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
16373 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
16374 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
16377 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
16380 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
16383 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
16384 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
16385 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
16388 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
16391 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
16393 deferred_locations entry;
16394 entry.variable = variable;
16396 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
16399 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
16400 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
16403 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
16407 if (init == NULL_TREE)
16411 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
16414 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16415 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16417 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
16418 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
16420 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
16422 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16424 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
16426 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
16427 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16428 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
16429 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16432 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
16437 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16438 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16440 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16442 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
16443 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16444 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
16445 constructor_elt *ce;
16447 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
16448 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
16451 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
16452 if (fieldsize <= 0)
16455 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
16456 memset (array, '\0', size);
16458 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16461 tree val = ce->value;
16462 tree index = ce->index;
16464 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16465 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
16468 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
16473 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16476 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
16477 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16479 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
16480 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
16484 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16485 curpos += fieldsize;
16488 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16492 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16493 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16495 tree field = NULL_TREE;
16496 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16497 constructor_elt *ce;
16499 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16502 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16503 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16506 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16507 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
16509 tree val = ce->value;
16510 int pos, fieldsize;
16512 if (ce->index != 0)
16518 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16521 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16522 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16523 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16525 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16526 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16528 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16529 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16530 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16532 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16538 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16539 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16540 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16542 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16546 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16547 attribute is the const value T. */
16550 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16553 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16556 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16560 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16562 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16564 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16565 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16566 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16567 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16569 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16570 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16572 unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
16574 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16576 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16584 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16585 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16586 variable with static storage duration
16587 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16590 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16594 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16595 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16598 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16599 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16600 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16605 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16606 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16609 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16612 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16613 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16614 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16615 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16618 static dw_loc_list_ref
16619 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16622 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16624 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16625 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16626 dw_cfa_location remember;
16628 fde = current_fde ();
16629 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16631 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16635 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16636 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16637 remember = next_cfa;
16639 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16641 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16642 advance opcodes. */
16643 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16644 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16646 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16647 last_label = start_label;
16649 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16650 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16652 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16654 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16655 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16656 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16658 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16659 start_label, last_label, section);
16661 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16662 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16663 start_label = last_label;
16665 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16668 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16669 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16670 gcc_unreachable ();
16673 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16677 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16679 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16680 start_label, last_label, section);
16681 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16682 start_label = last_label;
16685 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16686 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16688 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16694 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16695 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16696 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16697 before the latter is negated. */
16700 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16704 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16705 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16706 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16708 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16709 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16712 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16713 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16715 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16716 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16719 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16720 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16721 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16722 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16723 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16724 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16726 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16729 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16730 the value of the attribute. */
16733 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16735 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16737 if (demangle_name_func)
16738 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16740 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16744 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16747 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16749 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16755 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16759 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16760 wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16762 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16763 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16767 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16770 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16774 lower_bound_default (void)
16776 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language))
16781 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
16783 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
16786 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
16787 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
16788 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
16792 case DW_LANG_Python:
16793 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16794 case DW_LANG_Ada95:
16795 case DW_LANG_Ada83:
16796 case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
16797 case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
16798 case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
16799 case DW_LANG_Modula2:
16801 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16807 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16808 a representation for that bound. */
16811 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16813 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16818 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16821 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16824 /* Use the default if possible. */
16825 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16826 && host_integerp (bound, 0)
16827 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16828 && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt)
16831 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16832 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16833 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16834 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16836 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16837 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16838 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16839 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16841 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16842 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16843 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16844 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16846 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16847 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16852 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16853 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16863 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16865 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16866 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16867 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16868 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16869 later parameter. */
16870 if (decl_die != NULL)
16872 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16880 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16881 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16883 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16884 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16886 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
16887 if (list == NULL || single_element_loc_list_p (list))
16889 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
16890 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
16891 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
16892 If that fails to give a single element list,
16893 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
16894 dw_loc_list_ref list2 = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
16895 if (list2 && single_element_loc_list_p (list2))
16897 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list2->expr);
16904 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16905 ctx = comp_unit_die;
16907 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16909 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16910 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16911 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16912 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16913 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16919 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16920 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16921 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16922 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16925 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16927 unsigned dimension_number;
16929 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16931 for (dimension_number = 0;
16932 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16933 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16935 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16937 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16940 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16941 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16943 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16946 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16947 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16948 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16950 /* Define the index type. */
16951 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16953 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16954 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16955 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16956 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16957 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16958 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16959 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16962 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16966 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16967 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16969 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16970 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16971 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16973 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16975 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16978 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16979 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16985 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16989 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16994 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16997 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16998 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
17001 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
17002 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
17003 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
17004 even for bit-fields. */
17005 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
17008 gcc_unreachable ();
17011 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
17012 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
17013 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
17014 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
17015 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17018 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
17019 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
17020 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
17023 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
17024 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
17025 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
17026 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
17027 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
17028 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
17030 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
17031 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
17032 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
17035 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17037 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
17038 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
17039 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
17040 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
17041 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
17042 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
17044 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17045 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
17047 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
17048 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
17049 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
17050 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
17051 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
17054 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
17056 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
17057 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
17058 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
17059 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
17060 below must take account of these differences. */
17061 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
17062 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
17064 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
17066 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
17067 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
17071 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
17072 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
17073 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
17075 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
17078 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
17079 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
17082 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17084 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17085 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
17086 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
17088 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
17089 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
17092 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
17093 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
17096 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
17098 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
17099 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
17100 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
17103 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
17104 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
17107 static inline dw_die_ref
17108 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
17110 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
17112 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
17114 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
17115 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
17116 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
17118 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
17119 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
17123 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
17125 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
17127 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
17130 if (DECL_P (origin))
17131 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
17132 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
17133 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
17135 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
17136 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
17137 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
17138 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
17139 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
17140 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
17141 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
17145 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
17149 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
17152 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
17154 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
17156 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
17158 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
17159 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
17160 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
17161 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
17164 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
17165 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17166 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
17167 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
17168 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
17172 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
17175 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17177 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17179 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
17180 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17183 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
17184 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
17187 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17191 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
17192 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
17194 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
17196 add_name_attribute (die, name);
17197 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17198 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
17200 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
17201 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
17202 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
17203 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
17205 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
17206 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
17208 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
17210 asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
17211 asm_name->die = die;
17212 asm_name->created_for = decl;
17213 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
17214 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
17216 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
17217 add_AT_string (die, AT_linkage_name,
17218 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
17222 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17223 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17224 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17225 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
17227 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
17228 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
17229 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
17234 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
17237 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
17239 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
17242 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
17245 pop_decl_scope (void)
17247 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
17250 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
17251 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
17252 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
17253 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
17254 the current active scope. */
17257 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
17259 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
17260 tree containing_scope;
17263 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
17264 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
17266 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
17268 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
17269 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
17271 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
17274 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
17277 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
17278 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
17279 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
17280 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
17281 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
17283 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
17284 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
17285 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
17287 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
17288 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
17289 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
17290 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
17291 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
17296 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17297 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
17299 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
17300 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
17303 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
17306 scope_die = context_die;
17311 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
17314 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17316 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
17317 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
17318 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
17324 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
17327 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17329 return (context_die
17330 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
17331 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
17332 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
17333 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
17336 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
17337 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
17340 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17342 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
17343 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
17346 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
17347 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
17348 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
17351 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
17352 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
17354 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
17355 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
17357 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
17358 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
17359 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
17360 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
17361 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
17362 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
17363 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
17365 if (code == ERROR_MARK
17366 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
17367 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
17368 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
17369 || code == VOID_TYPE)
17372 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
17373 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
17374 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
17377 if (type_die != NULL)
17378 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
17381 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
17382 function call type. */
17384 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
17386 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
17388 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
17389 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
17391 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
17392 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
17393 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
17394 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
17395 time being, following existing custom. */
17397 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
17398 value = DW_CC_program;
17400 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
17401 is not DW_CC_normal. */
17402 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
17403 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
17406 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
17407 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
17408 was declared without a tag. */
17410 static const char *
17411 type_tag (const_tree type)
17413 const char *name = 0;
17415 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
17419 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
17420 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
17421 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
17423 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
17424 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
17426 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
17427 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17429 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
17430 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
17431 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
17432 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
17433 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17434 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
17437 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
17438 if (!name && t != 0)
17439 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
17442 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
17445 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17446 for bit field types. */
17449 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
17451 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
17452 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
17455 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17456 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17459 static const char *
17460 decl_start_label (tree decl)
17463 const char *fnname;
17465 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
17466 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
17469 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
17471 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
17476 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17477 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17478 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17481 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17483 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17484 dw_die_ref array_die;
17486 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17487 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17488 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17489 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17490 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17491 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17492 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17493 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17494 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17496 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
17499 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17500 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17501 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
17502 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17504 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
17506 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17508 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
17509 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17510 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17511 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
17513 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17514 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
17515 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
17516 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
17518 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
17519 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
17521 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
17522 if (loc && size > 0)
17524 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17525 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17526 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17532 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17533 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17534 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17535 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17538 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17539 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
17540 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17543 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17544 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17545 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17547 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17549 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17550 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17551 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
17552 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17555 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17557 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17558 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17559 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17560 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17563 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17564 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17565 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17566 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17567 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17568 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17569 for multidimensional arrays. */
17570 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17573 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17574 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17575 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17576 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
17577 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17580 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17582 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17583 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17584 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17585 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17586 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17588 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17590 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17593 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17594 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
17597 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17599 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17600 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17603 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17604 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
17606 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17607 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
17608 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
17610 if (val == base_decl)
17611 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
17613 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
17616 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17618 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
17620 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17621 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17624 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
17627 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17630 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17631 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
17633 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
17635 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
17637 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17638 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17641 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17644 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
17650 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17653 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
17656 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
17657 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
17679 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
17680 tree val, tree base_decl)
17682 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
17684 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17686 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17690 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17694 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17697 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17698 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17701 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17702 dw_die_ref context_die)
17704 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17705 dw_die_ref array_die;
17708 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17709 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17710 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17712 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17714 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17715 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17717 if (info->data_location)
17718 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17720 if (info->associated)
17721 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17723 if (info->allocated)
17724 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17727 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17729 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17730 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17732 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17734 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17737 if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0)
17738 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17739 && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt)
17742 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17743 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17746 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17747 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17748 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17750 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17751 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17752 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17756 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17757 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17759 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17760 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17765 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17767 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17768 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17770 if (origin != NULL)
17771 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17774 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17775 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17776 0, 0, context_die);
17779 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17780 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17782 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17786 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17787 emit full debugging info for them. */
17790 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17794 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17795 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
17796 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17797 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17800 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17802 static enum dwarf_tag
17803 record_type_tag (tree type)
17805 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17806 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17808 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17810 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17811 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17813 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17814 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17816 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17817 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17818 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17819 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17822 gcc_unreachable ();
17826 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17827 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17828 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17832 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17834 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17836 if (type_die == NULL)
17838 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17839 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17840 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17841 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17842 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
17843 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type))
17844 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_enum_class, 1);
17846 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17849 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17851 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17852 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17853 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17854 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17858 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17859 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17860 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17861 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17863 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17864 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17865 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17866 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17868 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17869 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17871 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17872 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17874 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17875 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17877 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17878 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17880 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17881 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17882 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17883 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17884 values as if they were signed. That means that
17885 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17886 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17887 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17888 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17892 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17894 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17895 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17900 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17901 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17904 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17905 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17906 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17907 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17908 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17909 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17910 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17911 argument type of some subprogram type.
17912 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17916 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17917 dw_die_ref context_die)
17919 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17920 tree ultimate_origin;
17921 dw_die_ref parm_die
17922 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17924 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17926 case tcc_declaration:
17927 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
17928 if (node || ultimate_origin)
17929 origin = ultimate_origin;
17930 if (origin != NULL)
17931 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17932 else if (emit_name_p)
17933 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17935 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin)
17936 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin),
17937 decl_function_context
17938 (node_or_origin))))
17940 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin);
17941 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin))
17942 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17945 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17946 TREE_READONLY (node_or_origin),
17947 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node_or_origin),
17950 if (origin == NULL && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17951 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17953 if (node && node != origin)
17954 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17955 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17956 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17962 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17963 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17967 gcc_unreachable ();
17973 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17974 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17977 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17978 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17979 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17980 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17981 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17982 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17985 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17987 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17991 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17993 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17994 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17997 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17998 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
18000 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
18002 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
18005 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
18006 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
18011 return parm_pack_die;
18014 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
18015 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
18018 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18020 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
18023 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
18024 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
18025 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
18026 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
18029 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18032 tree formal_type = NULL;
18033 tree first_parm_type;
18036 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
18038 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
18039 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
18044 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
18046 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
18047 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
18048 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
18050 dw_die_ref parm_die;
18052 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
18053 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
18056 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
18057 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
18058 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
18060 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
18061 && link == first_parm_type)
18062 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
18063 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18065 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
18067 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
18070 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
18071 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
18072 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
18073 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
18075 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
18076 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
18077 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
18078 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
18079 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
18080 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
18083 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
18084 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
18085 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
18086 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
18087 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
18090 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
18092 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
18094 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
18095 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
18096 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18097 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
18098 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
18100 dw_die_ref type_die;
18101 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
18103 push_decl_scope (type);
18104 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18105 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
18106 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
18107 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
18109 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
18110 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
18111 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
18112 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
18113 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
18115 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
18116 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
18120 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
18126 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
18127 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
18130 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
18132 dw_die_ref old_die;
18136 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
18138 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
18139 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
18141 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
18142 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18143 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
18146 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
18147 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
18148 get locations in abstract instantces. */
18149 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
18150 decl_loc_table = NULL;
18152 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
18153 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
18154 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18156 context = decl_class_context (decl);
18158 gen_type_die_for_member
18159 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
18162 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
18163 save_fn = current_function_decl;
18164 current_function_decl = decl;
18165 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
18167 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
18168 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
18169 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
18170 if (! was_abstract)
18171 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
18173 current_function_decl = save_fn;
18174 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
18178 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
18181 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18182 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
18185 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
18190 type = (tree) *slot;
18191 die = lookup_type_die (type);
18193 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18197 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
18198 through htab_traverse.
18200 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18201 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
18202 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
18205 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
18206 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
18208 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
18211 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
18212 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
18213 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
18214 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
18217 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
18218 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
18219 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (entry->var_decl);
18220 if (node && node->needed)
18222 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18223 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
18224 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
18225 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18231 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
18234 premark_used_types (void)
18236 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
18237 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
18240 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
18243 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
18245 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
18246 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
18247 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
18250 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
18254 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18256 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18257 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18258 dw_die_ref subr_die;
18261 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
18262 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
18263 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18265 premark_used_types ();
18267 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
18268 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
18269 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
18270 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
18271 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
18273 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
18274 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
18277 gcc_assert (!old_die);
18280 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
18281 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
18282 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
18283 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
18284 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
18285 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18286 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
18288 if (origin != NULL)
18290 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
18292 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
18293 inline function. */
18294 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
18295 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
18297 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18298 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
18302 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18303 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18305 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
18306 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
18307 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
18308 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
18309 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18311 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
18312 something we have already output. */
18316 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
18317 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
18318 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
18319 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
18320 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
18321 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
18322 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
18323 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
18324 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
18325 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
18326 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
18327 == (unsigned) s.line))))
18329 subr_die = old_die;
18331 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
18332 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
18333 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
18334 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
18335 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
18336 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18337 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
18341 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18342 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
18343 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18344 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18345 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18346 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18351 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18353 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18354 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18356 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
18357 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18359 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
18360 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
18361 0, 0, context_die);
18364 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18365 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18366 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18368 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18369 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18370 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18371 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18376 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18378 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18380 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
18381 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
18382 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
18383 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18384 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
18386 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
18387 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
18388 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
18389 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
18391 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
18392 later reused to represent definition. */
18393 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18396 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18398 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
18400 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18401 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
18403 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
18407 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18408 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
18410 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
18413 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
18414 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
18415 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18417 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18419 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18421 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
18423 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18424 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18426 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
18428 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
18429 current_function_funcdef_no);
18430 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
18431 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
18432 current_function_funcdef_no);
18433 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
18435 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18436 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18439 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
18440 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
18441 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
18443 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
18444 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
18445 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
18446 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
18448 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18449 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18450 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18454 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18455 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
18456 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
18459 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
18461 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18462 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18463 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18464 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18465 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18466 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18467 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18469 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
18471 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
18472 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
18476 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
18477 if (list->dw_loc_next)
18478 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
18480 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
18483 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18484 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18485 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18486 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18487 by this displacement. */
18488 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
18490 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
18491 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
18492 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
18495 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18496 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18497 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
18499 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18500 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18501 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18502 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18503 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18504 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18505 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18506 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18507 an ellipsis at the end. */
18509 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18510 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18511 its formal parameters. */
18512 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18514 else if (declaration)
18515 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
18518 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18519 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
18520 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
18521 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
18522 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
18525 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18526 emit their relevant DIEs.
18528 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18529 as well as it being a normal function.
18531 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18532 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18533 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18534 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18535 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18536 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18537 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18538 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18539 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18542 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18543 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
18545 if (generic_decl_parm
18546 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
18547 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18552 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18553 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
18556 if (generic_decl_parm)
18557 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18560 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18561 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18562 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18563 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18564 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18565 parameters at all. */
18566 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
18567 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
18569 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18570 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
18571 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18573 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18574 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18577 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18578 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18579 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18581 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18582 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18583 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18584 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18585 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18586 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18587 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18589 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18590 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18591 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18592 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18593 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18594 constructor function. */
18595 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18597 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18598 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18599 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18601 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
18602 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
18604 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18605 if (current_function_has_inlines)
18607 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18608 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
18610 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18611 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
18616 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18617 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18621 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18624 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
18626 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18627 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
18630 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18631 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18634 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
18636 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18637 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
18638 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
18641 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18642 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18645 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
18649 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
18650 tree ultimate_origin;
18651 dw_die_ref var_die;
18652 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
18653 dw_die_ref origin_die;
18654 bool declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
18655 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18656 bool specialization_p = false;
18658 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
18659 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
18660 origin = ultimate_origin;
18661 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
18663 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18664 of a data member. */
18667 dw_die_ref com_die;
18668 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
18669 die_node com_die_arg;
18671 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
18674 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
18676 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
18681 /* Optimize the common case. */
18682 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18683 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18684 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18685 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
18687 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18688 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18690 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18692 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18693 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18699 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
18700 common_block_die_table
18701 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
18702 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
18704 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18705 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18706 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18707 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18708 if (com_die == NULL)
18711 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18714 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18715 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18718 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18719 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18720 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18721 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18723 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18724 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18725 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18726 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18727 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18728 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18730 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18732 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18733 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18734 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18736 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18737 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18738 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18739 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18740 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18745 /* Optimize the common case. */
18746 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18747 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18748 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18749 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18750 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18751 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18753 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18755 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18757 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18758 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18759 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18763 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18764 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18765 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
18766 inside functions, though. */
18767 if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
18770 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18771 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18772 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18773 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18774 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18776 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18779 if (origin != NULL)
18780 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18782 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18783 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18785 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18786 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18789 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18791 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18792 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18793 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18795 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18796 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18798 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18799 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18800 specialization_p = true;
18801 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18803 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18804 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18806 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18807 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18809 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18810 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18814 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18816 if ((origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
18818 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18819 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin),
18820 decl_function_context
18821 (decl_or_origin))))
18823 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin);
18825 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
18826 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18828 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl_or_origin),
18829 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
18832 if (origin == NULL && !specialization_p)
18834 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18835 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18837 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18838 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18840 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18841 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18842 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18843 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18847 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18849 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18850 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18853 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18854 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18855 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18857 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18858 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18859 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18860 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18861 to add it again. */
18862 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18864 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18865 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18866 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18868 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18871 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18874 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18877 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18880 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18882 dw_die_ref const_die;
18883 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18885 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18886 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18887 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18888 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18889 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18890 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18891 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18892 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18895 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18898 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18900 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18901 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18903 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18905 if (origin != NULL)
18906 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18908 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18910 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18911 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18914 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18916 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18917 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18918 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18922 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18924 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18925 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18926 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18927 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18928 it if it ever does happen. */
18929 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18931 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18932 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18937 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18938 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18939 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18942 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18944 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18946 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18948 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18949 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18954 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18955 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18958 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18960 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18962 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18963 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18967 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18969 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18970 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18971 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18974 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18976 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18979 add_ranges (chain);
18980 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18987 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18988 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18989 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18990 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18991 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18992 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18996 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18999 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19001 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
19003 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
19004 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
19006 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
19009 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
19012 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19016 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
19018 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
19020 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
19022 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
19023 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
19024 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
19025 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
19026 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19028 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19030 dw_die_ref subr_die
19031 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
19033 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
19034 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
19035 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
19036 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
19038 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
19039 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
19043 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
19046 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19048 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19050 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
19053 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
19054 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
19055 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
19056 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
19059 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
19061 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19062 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19063 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19066 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
19067 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
19069 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
19070 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
19072 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
19073 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
19074 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
19075 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
19077 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
19078 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
19082 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19083 Use modified_type_die instead.
19084 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19085 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19088 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19091 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19093 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
19094 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19095 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
19098 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19099 Use modified_type_die instead.
19100 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19101 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19104 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19106 dw_die_ref ref_die, scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
19108 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
19109 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, scope_die, type);
19111 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die, type);
19113 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
19114 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19115 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
19119 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
19122 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19125 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
19126 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19128 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
19129 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
19130 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
19131 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19134 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
19137 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
19140 char producer[250];
19141 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
19144 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
19148 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
19149 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
19150 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
19151 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
19154 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
19156 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19157 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
19158 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
19159 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
19160 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
19161 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
19162 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
19163 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19164 strcat (producer, " -g");
19167 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
19169 language = DW_LANG_C89;
19170 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
19171 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
19172 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
19173 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
19174 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
19175 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
19176 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19178 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
19179 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
19180 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
19181 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
19182 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
19183 language = DW_LANG_Java;
19184 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
19185 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
19186 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
19187 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
19190 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
19194 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
19195 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
19196 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
19197 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
19198 lowercases everything. */
19199 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_identifier_case, DW_ID_down_case);
19202 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
19208 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
19211 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
19213 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
19215 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
19216 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
19218 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
19219 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
19221 if (access == access_public_node)
19222 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
19223 else if (access == access_protected_node)
19224 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
19227 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
19230 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19233 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
19236 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
19237 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
19238 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
19239 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
19240 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
19241 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
19242 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
19243 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
19244 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
19245 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
19246 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
19248 /* First output info about the base classes. */
19251 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
19255 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
19256 gen_inheritance_die (base,
19257 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
19258 : access_public_node), context_die);
19261 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
19262 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
19264 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
19265 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
19266 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
19267 do put them in the right order. */
19269 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
19271 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
19273 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
19276 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
19277 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
19279 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
19280 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
19283 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
19285 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
19287 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
19291 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
19292 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
19293 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
19296 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
19297 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19299 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19300 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
19302 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
19303 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
19304 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
19305 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
19306 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
19308 if (type_die && ! complete)
19311 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19312 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19313 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
19316 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
19318 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
19319 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
19321 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
19323 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
19324 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
19326 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19328 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
19330 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
19333 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
19335 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
19336 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
19337 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
19338 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
19340 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
19341 then give a list of members. */
19342 if (complete && !ns_decl)
19344 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
19345 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
19346 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19347 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
19348 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
19349 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
19351 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
19352 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
19353 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
19354 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
19356 push_decl_scope (type);
19357 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
19360 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
19361 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
19363 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
19365 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
19366 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
19367 lookup_type_die (vtype));
19372 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19374 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
19375 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
19376 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
19377 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
19380 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
19381 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
19384 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
19387 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19389 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
19390 dw_die_ref subr_die
19391 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
19392 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19394 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
19395 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
19396 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
19397 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
19399 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
19400 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
19403 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
19406 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19408 dw_die_ref type_die;
19411 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
19414 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
19415 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
19416 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19417 if (origin != NULL)
19418 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
19423 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
19424 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
19426 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
19428 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
19429 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
19433 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
19435 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
19437 Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
19438 an anonymous type, e.g:
19439 typedef struct {...} foo;
19440 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
19441 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
19442 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
19445 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
19446 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
19447 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
19448 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
19449 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
19450 anonymous struct DIE. */
19451 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19454 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
19455 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
19457 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl))
19458 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
19459 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
19461 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19464 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
19465 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
19467 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
19468 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
19471 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
19474 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type,
19475 dw_die_ref context_die,
19476 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19480 if (type == NULL_TREE
19481 || !is_tagged_type (type))
19484 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19485 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19486 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19487 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19488 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19489 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19490 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19491 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19492 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
19494 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
19496 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19499 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19500 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19501 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19504 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19505 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
19507 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19508 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19509 decls_for_scope. */
19510 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19515 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
19519 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
19521 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19522 declare_in_namespace. */
19523 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19524 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
19527 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19532 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19533 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19534 when appropriate. */
19537 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
19540 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
19541 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19543 struct array_descr_info info;
19545 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
19548 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
19549 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
19550 if (typedef_variant_p (type))
19552 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19555 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
19556 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
19558 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19559 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
19560 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
19561 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19562 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
19564 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19566 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
19570 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
19571 generate debug info for the typedef. */
19572 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type)))
19574 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19575 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
19576 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
19577 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19578 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
19580 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
19584 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
19585 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
19586 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
19587 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
19588 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19590 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
19591 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19595 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
19596 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
19597 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
19598 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
19599 cloned type itself). */
19600 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
19601 type = type_main_variant (type);
19603 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19606 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
19612 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
19613 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
19614 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19615 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
19616 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19618 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19620 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19621 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
19622 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19623 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19627 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19628 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19629 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
19630 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19632 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19633 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19634 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19636 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19638 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
19641 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
19642 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19643 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19644 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19645 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19649 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19650 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19651 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19652 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19656 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19660 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19663 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
19666 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
19667 gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19673 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19676 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19680 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
19682 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19683 if (type_die == NULL)
19685 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
19686 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
19687 name = DECL_NAME (name);
19688 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type, comp_unit_die, type);
19689 add_name_attribute (type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19690 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19696 gcc_unreachable ();
19699 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19703 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19705 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19708 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19709 things which are local to the given block. */
19712 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19714 int must_output_die = 0;
19717 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19718 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19721 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19723 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19724 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19725 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19726 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19730 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19731 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19736 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19739 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19740 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19741 must_output_die = 1;
19744 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19745 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19746 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19747 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19748 as being a "significant" one. */
19749 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19750 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19751 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19752 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19753 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19754 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19755 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19756 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19757 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19758 must_output_die = 1;
19761 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19762 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19763 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19764 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19765 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19766 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19767 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19768 if (must_output_die)
19772 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19773 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19774 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19775 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19776 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19777 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19778 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19779 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19781 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19782 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19783 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19784 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19785 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19786 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19789 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19792 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19795 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19796 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19798 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19801 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19803 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19804 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19805 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19806 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19807 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19811 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19812 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19813 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19814 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19815 stmt, context_die);
19817 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19820 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19821 all of its sub-blocks. */
19824 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19830 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19831 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19834 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19835 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19836 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19837 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19838 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19839 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19840 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19841 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19844 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19845 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19848 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19849 therein) of this block. */
19850 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19852 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19853 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19856 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19859 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19861 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19864 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19865 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19866 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19867 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19868 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19869 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19875 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
19876 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
19879 typedef struct {...} foo;
19881 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
19882 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
19886 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl)
19888 if (decl == NULL_TREE
19889 || TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL
19890 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl))
19891 || is_redundant_typedef (decl)
19892 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
19893 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
19894 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
19898 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl) == NULL_TREE
19899 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == decl
19900 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))
19901 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
19904 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19906 static inline dw_die_ref
19907 get_context_die (tree context)
19911 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19912 if (TYPE_P (context))
19913 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
19915 return force_decl_die (context);
19917 return comp_unit_die;
19920 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19923 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19925 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19926 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19927 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19928 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19931 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19933 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19937 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19939 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19940 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19941 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19942 declaration die. */
19943 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19944 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19945 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19946 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19950 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19951 gen_decl_die() call. */
19952 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19953 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19954 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19955 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19958 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19959 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19960 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19962 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19963 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19967 gcc_unreachable ();
19970 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19972 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19973 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19979 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19980 always returned. */
19983 force_type_die (tree type)
19985 dw_die_ref type_die;
19987 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19990 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19992 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19993 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19994 gcc_assert (type_die);
19999 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
20000 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
20003 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
20005 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
20006 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
20007 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20008 /* Force out the namespace. */
20009 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
20011 return context_die;
20014 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
20015 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
20017 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
20018 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
20021 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
20023 dw_die_ref ns_context;
20025 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20026 return context_die;
20028 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
20029 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
20030 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
20031 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
20032 return context_die;
20034 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
20036 if (ns_context != context_die)
20040 if (DECL_P (thing))
20041 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
20043 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
20045 return context_die;
20048 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
20051 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
20053 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
20055 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
20056 they are an alias of. */
20057 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
20059 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
20060 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
20061 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
20062 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
20063 context_die, decl);
20064 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
20065 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
20067 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
20069 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
20072 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
20073 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
20074 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
20075 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
20079 /* Output a namespace alias. */
20081 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
20082 dw_die_ref origin_die
20083 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
20085 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
20086 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20087 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
20088 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
20089 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
20090 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
20091 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
20092 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
20096 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
20099 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
20101 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
20102 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
20104 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
20107 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
20113 if (!is_fortran ())
20115 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
20116 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
20120 /* Emit its type. */
20121 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
20123 /* And its containing namespace. */
20124 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
20126 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
20129 case FUNCTION_DECL:
20130 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
20131 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
20132 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
20133 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
20134 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
20135 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
20140 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
20141 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
20142 if (current_function_decl != decl)
20143 /* This is only a declaration. */;
20146 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
20147 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
20148 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
20149 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
20150 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
20152 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
20153 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
20154 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
20155 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
20156 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
20157 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
20158 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
20159 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
20160 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20162 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
20163 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
20166 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
20167 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20169 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
20170 have described its return type. */
20171 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
20173 /* And its virtual context. */
20174 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20175 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
20177 /* And its containing type. */
20179 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
20180 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
20181 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
20183 /* And its containing namespace. */
20184 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
20187 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
20189 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
20193 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20194 actual typedefs. */
20195 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20198 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
20199 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
20200 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
20201 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
20202 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
20203 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
20204 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
20205 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
20206 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
20208 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20211 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
20212 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
20214 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
20215 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
20219 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
20220 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
20225 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20226 variable declarations or definitions. */
20227 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20230 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
20232 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
20233 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
20235 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
20237 /* And its containing type. */
20238 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
20239 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
20240 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
20242 /* And its containing namespace. */
20243 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
20245 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
20246 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
20247 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
20249 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
20250 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
20251 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
20252 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
20253 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
20256 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
20260 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
20261 anonymous unions and structs. */
20262 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
20263 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
20264 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
20266 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
20267 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
20272 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
20273 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
20275 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
20276 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
20277 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
20281 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
20282 case IMPORTED_DECL:
20283 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20284 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
20288 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
20289 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
20294 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
20295 compilation proper has finished. */
20298 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
20300 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
20301 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
20302 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
20303 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
20304 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
20305 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20308 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
20309 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
20311 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
20314 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20317 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
20318 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
20319 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
20320 that DECL belongs to.
20321 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
20323 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
20325 tree lexical_block,
20326 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
20328 expanded_location xloc;
20329 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
20330 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
20332 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
20334 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
20335 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
20339 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
20341 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
20343 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
20344 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
20345 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
20346 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
20347 if (!at_import_die)
20349 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
20350 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
20351 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
20352 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
20357 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20358 if (!at_import_die)
20360 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
20361 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
20362 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
20364 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
20366 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
20367 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
20368 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
20369 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
20371 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
20372 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
20374 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
20378 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20380 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20381 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
20388 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
20392 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
20393 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
20395 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
20396 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
20397 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
20400 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
20401 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
20402 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
20403 importing whole module. */
20406 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
20409 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
20410 dw_die_ref scope_die;
20412 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20417 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
20418 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
20421 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
20422 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
20424 && TYPE_P (context)
20425 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
20428 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
20431 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
20435 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
20436 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
20437 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
20438 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
20441 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
20442 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
20446 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20449 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
20451 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
20453 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
20458 case FUNCTION_DECL:
20459 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
20460 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
20461 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
20462 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
20463 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
20464 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
20465 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
20466 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
20467 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
20468 with the definition of the function.
20470 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
20471 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
20472 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
20473 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
20474 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
20475 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
20476 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
20477 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
20478 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
20479 that they *are* definitions).
20481 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
20482 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
20483 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
20484 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
20485 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
20486 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
20489 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
20490 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
20491 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
20492 if (decl_function_context (decl)
20493 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
20494 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20495 context_die = NULL;
20499 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
20500 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
20501 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
20502 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
20503 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
20504 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
20505 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
20506 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
20507 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
20510 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
20511 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
20512 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
20514 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20515 variable declarations or definitions. */
20516 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20521 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20523 if (!is_fortran ())
20525 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
20526 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
20529 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
20530 case IMPORTED_DECL:
20531 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20533 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
20538 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
20539 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
20542 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
20543 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
20544 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
20546 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
20547 comparisons have. */
20549 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
20550 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
20551 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
20556 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
20557 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20560 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
20561 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
20562 if (decl_function_context (decl))
20563 context_die = NULL;
20571 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
20574 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20577 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
20579 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20581 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
20584 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
20585 a lexical block. */
20588 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20589 unsigned int blocknum)
20591 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20592 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
20595 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
20599 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
20601 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20602 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
20605 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20606 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20608 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20609 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20610 we may end up calling them anyway. */
20613 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
20618 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
20619 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20620 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20622 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
20624 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
20625 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20626 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20633 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20636 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
20638 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
20639 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
20640 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
20641 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
20645 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
20647 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
20648 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
20651 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20652 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20653 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20654 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20655 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20656 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20657 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20658 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20659 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20662 static struct dwarf_file_data *
20663 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20666 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20668 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20669 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20670 if (file_table_last_lookup
20671 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20672 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20673 return file_table_last_lookup;
20675 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20676 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20677 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20679 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20681 created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
20682 created->filename = file_name;
20683 created->emitted_number = 0;
20688 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20689 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20690 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20691 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20692 types, which may include filenames. */
20695 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20697 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20699 if (last_emitted_file)
20700 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20702 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20703 last_emitted_file = fd;
20705 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20707 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20708 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20709 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20710 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20714 return fd->emitted_number;
20717 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20718 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20719 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20722 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20724 die_arg_entry entry;
20729 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20730 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20731 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20735 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20736 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20740 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20741 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20742 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20745 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20747 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20753 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
20755 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20760 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20763 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20769 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20773 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20777 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20780 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20782 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20783 /* replace the string. */
20784 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20788 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20791 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20792 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20793 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20796 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
20799 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
20801 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20805 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20806 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
20807 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
20808 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
20810 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20811 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20814 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20817 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
20819 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
20822 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20823 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20826 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
20828 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
20829 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
20832 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20835 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20837 struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20838 struct vcall_insn **slot;
20841 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20842 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20843 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20844 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20845 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20849 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20851 static unsigned int
20852 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20854 struct vcall_insn item;
20855 struct vcall_insn *p;
20857 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20858 item.vtable_slot = 0;
20859 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20861 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20863 return (unsigned int) -1;
20864 return p->vtable_slot;
20868 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20869 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20870 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20874 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20876 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20878 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20879 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20880 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20884 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20885 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20889 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20891 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20893 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20894 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20897 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20898 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20899 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20900 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20901 lowering to RTL. */
20904 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20906 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20909 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20912 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20913 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20914 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20916 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20917 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20920 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20921 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20922 our lookup table. */
20925 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20927 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20928 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20930 static const char *last_label;
20931 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20932 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20935 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20938 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20939 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20940 don't do anything. */
20941 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20944 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
20945 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
20946 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
20947 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20948 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20949 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20952 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20955 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20956 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note,
20957 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note)
20958 ? last_postcall_label : last_label);
20959 if (newloc == NULL)
20962 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20963 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
20964 create a new label and emit it. */
20965 if (last_label == NULL)
20967 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20968 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20970 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20973 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20974 newloc->label = last_label;
20977 if (!last_postcall_label)
20979 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20980 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20982 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20985 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20986 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20989 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20990 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20991 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20992 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20995 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20997 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20998 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
21000 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
21003 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
21004 and record information relating to this source line, in
21005 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
21008 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
21009 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
21011 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
21013 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
21016 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
21018 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21020 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
21021 if (flag_debug_asm)
21022 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
21025 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21027 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
21028 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
21029 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
21031 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
21032 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
21034 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
21035 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
21036 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
21038 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
21039 line_info_table_in_use++;
21041 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
21043 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
21044 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
21045 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
21046 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
21048 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
21049 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
21050 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
21052 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21053 separate_line_info_table
21054 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
21055 separate_line_info_table,
21056 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
21057 memset (separate_line_info_table
21058 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
21060 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
21061 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
21064 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
21066 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
21067 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
21068 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
21069 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
21073 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
21075 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
21076 line_info_table_in_use);
21078 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
21079 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
21081 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21083 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
21084 line_info_table_allocated);
21085 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
21086 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
21089 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
21090 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
21091 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
21092 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
21097 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
21100 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
21102 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21104 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
21105 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
21107 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
21108 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21111 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21113 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
21115 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21116 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
21117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
21120 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
21124 /* Record the end of a source file. */
21127 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21129 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21130 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
21131 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
21133 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21135 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21136 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
21140 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
21141 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
21142 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
21145 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
21146 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21148 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21150 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21151 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
21152 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
21153 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
21157 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
21158 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
21159 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
21162 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
21163 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21165 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21167 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21168 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
21169 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
21170 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
21174 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
21177 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21179 /* Allocate the file_table. */
21180 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
21181 file_table_eq, NULL);
21183 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
21184 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
21185 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
21187 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
21188 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
21189 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
21191 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
21192 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
21194 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
21195 abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
21196 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21197 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21198 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
21200 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
21201 line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
21202 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21204 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21205 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
21207 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
21208 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21209 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21211 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
21212 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
21213 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
21215 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
21216 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
21217 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
21218 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
21219 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
21220 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
21221 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
21223 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
21225 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
21227 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
21228 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21229 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
21230 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21231 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
21232 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21233 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
21234 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21235 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
21236 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21237 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
21238 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21239 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
21240 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21241 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
21242 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21243 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
21244 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21245 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
21246 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21247 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
21248 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
21249 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
21250 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21251 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
21252 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21254 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21255 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
21256 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21257 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21258 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
21259 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21260 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21262 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
21263 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21264 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
21265 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21266 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
21267 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21268 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21269 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
21270 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
21271 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
21272 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21273 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
21275 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21277 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21278 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
21279 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21280 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
21283 switch_to_section (text_section);
21284 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
21285 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21287 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
21288 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
21289 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
21294 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
21295 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
21298 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
21300 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
21302 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
21303 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
21305 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
21309 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21310 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
21313 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21315 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21317 if (node->label && node->refcount)
21319 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
21320 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
21321 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
21327 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21328 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
21331 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
21335 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
21336 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
21338 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21340 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
21341 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
21344 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
21350 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
21353 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
21354 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
21357 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
21362 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21364 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
21366 /* A reference to another DIE.
21367 Make sure that it will get emitted.
21368 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
21369 if (dwarf_version < 4
21370 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
21371 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
21372 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
21374 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
21375 accounts properly for it. */
21376 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21377 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
21382 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
21383 to DIE's children. */
21386 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
21390 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21392 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
21395 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
21396 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
21397 if (die->die_parent)
21398 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
21400 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
21401 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21403 /* If this node is a specification,
21404 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
21405 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
21406 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
21409 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
21411 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
21412 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
21415 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
21416 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
21417 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
21418 for all type definitions. */
21419 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
21420 || (dwarf_version >= 4
21421 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
21422 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
21424 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21428 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
21429 and if so, mark them. */
21432 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
21436 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21439 switch (die->die_tag)
21441 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21442 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21443 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21446 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
21447 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
21448 || die->die_definition != NULL)
21449 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
21456 /* Mark children. */
21457 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
21460 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
21463 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
21467 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
21468 children have been marked as well. */
21469 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21472 switch (die->die_tag)
21474 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21475 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21476 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21477 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21480 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
21481 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
21484 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
21485 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
21486 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
21487 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
21488 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
21490 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
21492 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21495 case DW_TAG_const_type:
21496 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
21497 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
21498 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
21499 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
21500 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
21501 case DW_TAG_typedef:
21502 case DW_TAG_array_type:
21503 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
21504 case DW_TAG_friend:
21505 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
21506 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
21507 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
21508 case DW_TAG_string_type:
21509 case DW_TAG_set_type:
21510 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
21511 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
21512 case DW_TAG_file_type:
21513 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21516 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21520 /* Mark everything else. */
21524 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21528 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
21529 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21534 /* Mark children. */
21535 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21538 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
21542 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
21547 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21548 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21550 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
21552 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
21553 twice in the hash table. */
21555 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
21558 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
21559 htab_hash_string (s->str),
21561 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
21567 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
21570 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
21574 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
21575 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
21577 if (! die->die_child)
21580 c = die->die_child;
21582 dw_die_ref prev = c;
21583 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
21584 if (c == die->die_child)
21586 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
21588 /* No marked children at all. */
21589 die->die_child = NULL;
21592 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
21593 die->die_child = prev;
21598 if (c != prev->die_sib)
21600 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
21601 } while (c != die->die_child);
21604 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21605 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
21606 decided to emit. */
21609 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21611 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21613 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
21614 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
21619 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21622 prune_unused_types (void)
21625 limbo_die_node *node;
21626 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21628 dcall_entry *dcall;
21630 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21631 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21632 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
21633 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21634 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
21635 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21636 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
21637 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21639 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21640 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21642 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21643 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
21644 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21645 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
21646 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21648 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
21649 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
21652 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21653 pubname_table or arange_table. */
21654 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
21655 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
21656 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
21657 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
21659 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
21660 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
21661 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
21663 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
21664 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
21665 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
21666 else if (debug_str_hash)
21667 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
21668 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
21669 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21670 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21671 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21672 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21674 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21675 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
21676 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21677 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21678 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21679 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21682 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21685 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21687 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21688 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21689 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21697 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21700 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21703 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21705 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21710 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21712 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21713 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21715 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21716 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21719 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21720 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21721 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21722 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21723 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21724 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21727 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21729 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21730 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21732 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == AT_linkage_name);
21736 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21738 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21742 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21744 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21745 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21749 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21750 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21751 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21754 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21758 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21760 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21761 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21762 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
21764 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21765 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21766 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21768 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21769 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21774 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21775 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
21776 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21779 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21780 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21786 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21787 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21788 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21791 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21793 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21794 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
21795 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21796 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
21797 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21798 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
21803 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21804 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21805 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21806 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21807 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21808 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21811 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21815 dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
21818 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21819 switch (AT_class (a))
21821 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21822 curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21825 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21827 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21828 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21830 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21831 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21836 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21838 if (!AT_loc_list (a))
21840 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21844 case dw_val_class_loc:
21845 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
21847 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21851 case dw_val_class_addr:
21852 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21853 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21855 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21863 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21866 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21867 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21870 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21872 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21873 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21874 htab_t comdat_type_table;
21875 dw_die_ref die = 0;
21878 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21880 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21881 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21882 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21883 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21884 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21885 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21888 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21890 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21893 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21895 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21896 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21897 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21901 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21902 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21903 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21904 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21906 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21908 next_node = node->next;
21911 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21913 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21916 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21917 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21919 else if (seen_error ())
21920 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21921 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21924 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21925 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21926 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21927 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21928 this to be a child of the containing function.
21930 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21931 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21932 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21933 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21934 tree context = NULL_TREE;
21936 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21938 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21939 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21940 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21941 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21943 gcc_assert (context
21944 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21945 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21947 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21949 add_child_die (origin, die);
21951 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21956 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21958 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21960 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21962 tree decl = node->created_for;
21963 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21965 add_AT_string (node->die, AT_linkage_name,
21966 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21967 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21971 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21973 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21974 emit full debugging info for them. */
21975 retry_incomplete_types ();
21977 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21978 prune_unused_types ();
21980 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21981 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21982 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21983 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21985 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21986 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21988 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21990 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21991 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21993 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21995 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21996 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21997 references to the main compile unit). */
21998 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21999 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
22000 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
22002 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
22003 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
22004 referenced. Prune them. */
22005 prune_unused_types ();
22008 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
22009 that have children. */
22010 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
22011 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22012 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
22013 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22014 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
22016 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
22017 switch_to_section (text_section);
22018 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
22019 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
22021 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
22022 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
22025 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
22027 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
22028 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
22030 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
22031 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
22036 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
22037 bool range_list_added = false;
22039 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
22040 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
22041 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
22042 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
22043 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
22044 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
22045 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
22047 if (text_section_used)
22048 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
22049 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
22050 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
22051 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
22052 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
22054 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
22056 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
22058 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
22060 if (!fde->in_std_section)
22061 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
22062 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
22063 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
22064 &range_list_added);
22065 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
22066 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
22067 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
22068 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
22069 &range_list_added);
22071 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
22072 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
22073 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
22076 if (range_list_added)
22080 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
22081 if (have_location_lists)
22083 /* Output the location lists info. */
22084 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
22085 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
22086 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
22087 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
22088 output_location_lists (die);
22091 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
22092 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
22093 debug_line_section_label);
22095 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22096 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
22098 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
22099 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
22100 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
22101 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
22103 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
22104 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
22106 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
22108 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
22109 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
22112 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
22113 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
22115 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
22116 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
22117 debug_line_section_label);
22119 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
22122 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
22124 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
22125 has been emitted. */
22126 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
22128 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
22129 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
22130 output_abbrev_section ();
22132 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
22133 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
22135 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
22136 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
22139 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
22140 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
22141 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
22142 simply won't look for the section. */
22143 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
22145 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
22146 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
22149 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
22150 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
22152 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
22153 output_dcall_table ();
22155 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
22157 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
22158 output_vcall_table ();
22161 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
22162 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
22163 if (fde_table_in_use)
22165 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
22169 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
22170 if (ranges_table_in_use)
22172 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
22173 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
22177 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
22178 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
22179 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
22180 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
22181 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
22182 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
22183 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
22185 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
22186 output_line_info ();
22189 /* Have to end the macro section. */
22190 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22192 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
22193 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
22196 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
22198 if (debug_str_hash)
22199 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
22203 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
22204 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
22208 0, /* assembly_start */
22211 0, /* start_source_file */
22212 0, /* end_source_file */
22213 0, /* begin_block */
22215 0, /* ignore_block */
22216 0, /* source_line */
22217 0, /* begin_prologue */
22218 0, /* end_prologue */
22219 0, /* end_epilogue */
22220 0, /* begin_function */
22221 0, /* end_function */
22222 0, /* function_decl */
22223 0, /* global_decl */
22225 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
22226 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
22227 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
22229 0, /* handle_pch */
22230 0, /* var_location */
22231 0, /* switch_text_section */
22232 0, /* direct_call */
22233 0, /* virtual_call_token */
22234 0, /* copy_call_info */
22235 0, /* virtual_call */
22237 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
22240 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
22242 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"